TW202217454A - Photosensitive resin composition - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202217454A
TW202217454A TW110125241A TW110125241A TW202217454A TW 202217454 A TW202217454 A TW 202217454A TW 110125241 A TW110125241 A TW 110125241A TW 110125241 A TW110125241 A TW 110125241A TW 202217454 A TW202217454 A TW 202217454A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
component
resin composition
photosensitive resin
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW110125241A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
唐川成弘
Original Assignee
日商味之素股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商味之素股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商味之素股份有限公司
Publication of TW202217454A publication Critical patent/TW202217454A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C08L33/06Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, which oxygen atoms are present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L67/00Compositions of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings
    • H05K3/285Permanent coating compositions
    • H05K3/287Photosensitive compositions

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Non-Metallic Protective Coatings For Printed Circuits (AREA)

Abstract

To provide a photosensitive resin composition or the like which can give a cured product low in dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent and is excellent in flexibility and developability. The photosensitive resin composition contains: (A) a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group; (B) an inorganic filler; (C) a photopolymerization initiator; (D) an epoxy resin; and (E) one or more resins selected from active ester resins, maleimide resins, and vinyl resins. The component (D) contains (D-1) an epoxy resin having a softening point lower than 30 DEG C and an epoxy equivalent of 150 g/eq. or less and (D-2) an epoxy resin having a softening point of 30 DEG C or higher and lower than 59 DEG C.

Description

感光性樹脂組成物Photosensitive resin composition

本發明係關於感光性樹脂組成物。進一步有關使用該感光性樹脂組成物之感光性薄膜、印刷配線板及半導體裝置。The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition. Furthermore, it relates to a photosensitive film, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor device using the photosensitive resin composition.

在印刷配線板上,作為抑制不需要焊接之部分的焊接附著,同時可抑制電路基板之腐蝕的永久保護膜,設有焊接阻劑。作為焊接阻劑,例如使用如專利文獻1所記載的感光性樹脂組成物者為一般。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] On the printed wiring board, a solder resist is provided as a permanent protective film that suppresses solder adhesion of parts that do not require soldering and also prevents corrosion of the circuit board. As a soldering resist, it is common to use the photosensitive resin composition as described in patent document 1, for example. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2014-115672號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-115672

[發明所解決的課題][Problems solved by the invention]

對於感光性樹脂組成物在一般顯像時之顯影性等上受到要求。又,近年來,感光性樹脂組成物因嘗試作為絕緣層或封止層之材料使用,故除顯影性以外,亦要求優異的介電率及介電損耗正切。且,由提高含有感光性樹脂組成物之感光性薄膜的作業性之觀點來看,亦要求提高感光性樹脂組成物之可撓性。The photosensitive resin composition is required in terms of developability and the like at the time of general development. In addition, in recent years, the photosensitive resin composition has been tried to be used as a material for an insulating layer or a sealing layer, and therefore, in addition to developability, excellent dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent are also required. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving the workability of the photosensitive film containing the photosensitive resin composition, the flexibility of the photosensitive resin composition is also required to be improved.

本發明之課題係提供,可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低的硬化物之可撓性及顯影性優異的感光性樹脂組成物;使用該感光性樹脂組成物而得之感光性薄膜、印刷配線板及半導體裝置。 [解決課題的手段] The subject of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition which can obtain a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, which is excellent in flexibility and developability; a photosensitive film obtained by using the photosensitive resin composition, Printed wiring boards and semiconductor devices. [Means to solve the problem]

經本發明者們詳細檢討結果,發現藉由使用組合(A)含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基的樹脂、(B)無機填充材、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D)環氧樹脂,及(E)選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂,且(D)成分中,含有所定量之特定環氧樹脂的感光性樹脂組成物時,可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低之硬化物,且提高可撓性及顯影性,而完成本發明。As a result of detailed examination by the present inventors, it was found that by using a combination of (A) a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group, (B) an inorganic filler, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, and (D) an epoxy resin, and (E) one or more resins selected from the group consisting of active ester resins, maleimide resins and vinyl resins, and when the (D) component contains a photosensitive resin composition of a specific epoxy resin in a predetermined amount, it may be The present invention was completed by obtaining a cured product having low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, and improving flexibility and developability.

即,本發明含有以下內容。 一種感光性樹脂組成物,其中含有: [1]含有(A)含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基的樹脂、 (B)無機填充材、 (C)光聚合起始劑、 (D)環氧樹脂及 (E)選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂, (D)成分含有(D-1)軟化點未達30℃,環氧當量為150g/eq.以下的環氧樹脂及(D-2)軟化點為30℃以上且未達59℃的環氧樹脂。 [2]將(D-1)成分在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的含有量作為D1,將(D-2)成分在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的含有量作為D2時,D2/D1為0.5以上2.5以下之如[1]所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [3](D-1)成分之含有量在將(D)成分全體作為100質量%時為90質量%以下之如[1]或[2]所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [4](B)成分之含有量在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時為60質量%以上之如[1]~[3]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [5](A)成分含有(A-1)含有萘骨架的樹脂之如[1]~[4]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [6](D-1)成分具有環狀結構之如[1]~[5]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [7](E)成分含有活性酯樹脂與選自馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂之如[1]~[6]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [8]感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物的轉折點(Breakpoint)為30秒以上150秒以下之如[1]~[7]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物。 [9]具有支持體,與設置於該支持體上的含有如[1]~[8]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物之感光性樹脂組成物層的感光性薄膜。 [10]含有藉由如[1]~[8]中任一所記載的感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物所形成的絕緣層之印刷配線板。 [11]絕緣層為焊接阻劑之如[10]所記載的印刷配線板。 [12]含有[10]或[11]所記載的印刷配線板之如半導體裝置。 [發明之效果] That is, the present invention includes the following contents. A photosensitive resin composition comprising: [1] (A) a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group, (B) Inorganic fillers, (C) photopolymerization initiator, (D) epoxy resin and (E) one or more resins selected from active ester resins, maleimide resins and vinyl resins, (D) Component contains (D-1) an epoxy resin having a softening point of less than 30°C and an epoxy equivalent of 150 g/eq. or less and (D-2) an epoxy resin having a softening point of 30°C or more and less than 59°C resin. [2] The content of the component (D-1) in the photosensitive resin composition when the non-volatile component is 100% by mass is referred to as D1, and the nonvolatile content of the (D-2) component in the photosensitive resin composition is defined as D1. The photosensitive resin composition as described in [1] in which D2/D1 is 0.5 or more and 2.5 or less, when the content in the case of 100 mass % of volatile components is set as D2. [3] The photosensitive resin composition as described in [1] or [2] in which content of (D-1) component is 90 mass % or less when the whole (D) component is taken as 100 mass %. [4] The photosensitive resin according to any one of [1] to [3] in which the content of the component (B) is 60 mass % or more, taking the nonvolatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition as 100 mass % composition. [5] (A) The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1]-[4] which contains (A-1) a naphthalene skeleton-containing resin. [6] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the component (D-1) has a cyclic structure. [7] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], which contains an active ester resin and one or more resins selected from the group consisting of maleimide resins and vinyl resins. [8] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7] where the breakpoint (Breakpoint) of the cured product of the photosensitive resin composition is 30 seconds or more and 150 seconds or less. [9] A photosensitive film comprising a support and a photosensitive resin composition layer containing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8] provided on the support. [10] A printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed from a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8]. [11] The printed wiring board according to [10] in which the insulating layer is a solder resist. [12] A semiconductor device including the printed wiring board according to [10] or [11]. [Effect of invention]

依據本發明提供一種可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低的硬化物之可撓性、顯影性優異的感光性樹脂組成物;使用該感光性樹脂組成物而得之感光性薄膜、印刷配線板及半導體裝置。According to the present invention, there is provided a photosensitive resin composition excellent in flexibility and developability to obtain a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent; photosensitive film and printed wiring obtained by using the photosensitive resin composition boards and semiconductor devices.

[實施發明的型態][Type of carrying out the invention]

以下對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物、感光性薄膜、印刷配線板及半導體裝置做詳細說明。Hereinafter, the photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device of the present invention will be described in detail.

[感光性樹脂組成物] 本發明之感光性樹脂組成物為含有(A)含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基的樹脂、(B)無機填充材、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D)環氧樹脂及(E)選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂之感光性樹脂組成物,(D)成分含有(D-1)軟化點未達30℃,環氧當量為150g/eq.以下的環氧樹脂及(D-2)軟化點為30℃以上且未達59℃的環氧樹脂。 [Photosensitive resin composition] The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises (A) a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group, (B) an inorganic filler, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) an epoxy resin, and (E) Photosensitive resin composition of one or more resins selected from active ester resins, maleimide resins and vinyl resins, (D) Component contains (D-1) a softening point of less than 30°C, and an epoxy equivalent of 150g The epoxy resin below /eq. and (D-2) the epoxy resin whose softening point is 30 degreeC or more and 59 degreeC or less.

本發明可提供一種不僅可得到顯影性亦可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低的硬化物,且可撓性、顯影性優異的感光性樹脂組成物。又,通常可得到玻璃轉移溫度高之硬化物。The present invention can provide not only developability but also a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, and a photosensitive resin composition excellent in flexibility and developability. Moreover, a hardened|cured material with a high glass transition temperature is usually obtained.

感光性樹脂組成物中進一步可摻合所需而含有(F)硬化促進劑、(G)溶劑及(H)其他添加劑等任意成分。以下對於含於感光性樹脂組成物之各成分做詳細說明。The photosensitive resin composition may further contain optional components such as (F) a curing accelerator, (G) solvent, and (H) other additives as required. Hereinafter, each component contained in the photosensitive resin composition will be described in detail.

<(A)含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基的樹脂> 感光性樹脂組成物中作為(A)成分,包含含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基之樹脂。藉由將(A)成分含於感光性樹脂組成物時可提高顯影性。 <(A) Resin containing ethylenically unsaturated group and carboxyl group> The photosensitive resin composition contains a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group as the component (A). Developability can be improved by containing (A) component in a photosensitive resin composition.

乙烯性不飽和基具有碳-碳雙鍵,例如可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、炔丙基、丁烯基、乙炔基、苯基乙炔基、馬來醯亞胺基、萘啶基(nadimide)、(甲基)丙烯醯基,由光自由基聚合之反應性的觀點來看,以(甲基)丙烯醯基為佳。所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示包含甲基丙烯醯基、丙烯醯基及此等組合。(A)成分因含有乙烯性不飽和基,故可光自由基聚合。(A)成分中每1分子的乙烯性不飽和基之數目可為1個,亦可2個以上。又,(A)成分中每1分子中含有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基時,此等乙烯性不飽和基可相同亦可相異。The ethylenically unsaturated group has a carbon-carbon double bond, for example, vinyl, allyl, propargyl, butenyl, ethynyl, phenylethynyl, maleimino, naphthyridinyl ( nadimide) and a (meth)acryloyl group, from the viewpoint of the reactivity of photoradical polymerization, a (meth)acryloyl group is preferable. The term "(meth)acryloyl" means that it includes a methacryloyl group, an acrylyl group, and a combination thereof. Since the component (A) contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, photoradical polymerization is possible. The number of ethylenically unsaturated groups per molecule in the component (A) may be one or two or more. Moreover, when two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups are contained per molecule of (A) component, these ethylenically unsaturated groups may be the same or different.

又,(A)成分因含有羧基,故含有該(A)成分之感光性樹脂組成物對於鹼溶液(例如作為鹼性顯像液之1質量%的碳酸鈉水溶液)顯示溶解性。(A)成分中每1分子之羧基的數目可為1個,亦可為2個以上。Moreover, since (A) component contains a carboxyl group, the photosensitive resin composition containing this (A) component shows solubility with respect to an alkaline solution (for example, the 1 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution which is an alkaline developing solution). The number of carboxyl groups per molecule in the component (A) may be one or two or more.

作為(A)成分,若為含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基的樹脂即可。作為(A)成分,以(A-1)含有萘骨架的樹脂及(A-2)酸變性環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂的至少任一種為佳。As (A) component, what is necessary is just resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group. As the component (A), at least one of (A-1) a naphthalene skeleton-containing resin and (A-2) an acid-modified epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is preferable.

((A-1)含有萘骨架的樹脂) (A-1)含有萘骨架的樹脂因係為(A)成分之樹脂,故其為含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基之樹脂。因此,(A-1)成分可光自由基聚合,且含有(A-1)成分的感光性樹脂組成物對於鹼溶液皆顯示溶解性。 ((A-1) Resin containing naphthalene skeleton) (A-1) Since the resin containing a naphthalene skeleton is the resin of the component (A), it is a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group. Therefore, the (A-1) component can be photoradically polymerized, and the photosensitive resin composition containing the (A-1) component all exhibits solubility in an alkaline solution.

(A-1)成分中以於1分子中具有複數個乙烯性不飽和基者為佳。藉此,可提高感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物的機械強度及耐溶解性。又,(A-1)成分以每一個萘骨架中具有2個以下乙烯性不飽和基者為佳。藉此,因可調整交聯位置(交聯點),故可控制感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物的機械強度及耐溶解性。更佳為乙烯性不飽和基含於萘骨架所具有取代基中。欲使乙烯性不飽和基含於萘骨架之取代基時,作為第1前驅物,例如準備萘酚之OH基中之H原子由含有環氧基之取代基(例如環氧基、縮水甘油基)進行取代的化合物,對於第1前驅物,可藉由加成具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如不飽和羧酸,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸)而得。藉此,於萘骨架所具有取代基中可導入乙烯性不飽和基。Among the components (A-1), those having a plurality of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule are preferred. Thereby, the mechanical strength and solubility resistance of the hardened|cured material of the photosensitive resin composition can be improved. Moreover, it is preferable that the component (A-1) has two or less ethylenically unsaturated groups per naphthalene skeleton. Thereby, since the crosslinking position (crosslinking point) can be adjusted, the mechanical strength and solubility resistance of the hardened|cured material of the photosensitive resin composition can be controlled. More preferably, the ethylenically unsaturated group is contained in the substituent which the naphthalene skeleton has. When the ethylenically unsaturated group is to be contained in the substituent of the naphthalene skeleton, as the first precursor, for example, the H atom in the OH group of naphthol is prepared from a substituent containing an epoxy group (such as an epoxy group, a glycidyl group, etc.). ) can be substituted with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, an unsaturated carboxylic acid, preferably (meth)acrylic acid) to the first precursor. Thereby, an ethylenically unsaturated group can be introduce|transduced into the substituent which the naphthalene skeleton has.

(A-1)成分以於1分子中具有複數個羧基者為佳。藉此,可提高感光性樹脂組成物對鹼溶液(例如鹼性顯像液)之溶解性。(A-1)成分係以每個1個萘骨架具有2個以下羧基者為佳。藉此,可控制溶解性。較佳為羧基含於萘骨架所具有取代基。因使羧基含於萘骨架的取代基,作為第1前驅物,例如準備萘酚之OH基的H原子由含有環氧基之取代基進行取代的化合物,對於第1前驅物加成具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物(例如不飽和羧酸,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸),藉此,得到具有第2級羥基之第2前驅物,對於第2前驅物,加成羧酸酐(例如四氫鄰苯二甲酸)而可得。藉此,於萘骨架所具有取代基可導入乙烯性不飽和基與羧基雙方。The component (A-1) preferably has a plurality of carboxyl groups in one molecule. Thereby, the solubility of the photosensitive resin composition with respect to an alkaline solution (for example, an alkaline developing solution) can be improved. The component (A-1) preferably has two or less carboxyl groups per naphthalene skeleton. Thereby, solubility can be controlled. Preferably, the carboxyl group is contained in the naphthalene skeleton and has a substituent. Since the carboxyl group is contained in the substituent of the naphthalene skeleton, as the first precursor, for example, a compound in which the H atom of the OH group of naphthol is substituted with a substituent containing an epoxy group is prepared, which has vinyl properties for addition to the first precursor. A compound with an unsaturated bond (such as an unsaturated carboxylic acid, preferably (meth)acrylic acid), thereby obtaining a second precursor having a second-order hydroxyl group, and for the second precursor, adding a carboxylic anhydride (such as a tetra Hydrogen phthalic acid) is available. Thereby, both the ethylenically unsaturated group and the carboxyl group can be introduced into the substituent which the naphthalene skeleton has.

又,(A-1)成分為含有萘骨架的樹脂。所謂含有萘骨架的樹脂表示於1分子中含有1個以上萘骨架的化合物。又,(A-1)成分對於鹼溶液(例如鹼性顯像液)可在適當範圍的溶解速度下進行溶解。又,將含有(A-1)成分的感光性樹脂組成物以鹼性顯像液進行顯像時,可抑制違反目的的過去溶解部分、違反木不溶解的部分產生於感光性樹脂組成物中的局部。即可提高BP(轉折點(Breakpoint))。因此,可改善感光性樹脂組成物之顯影性。Moreover, (A-1) component is a resin containing a naphthalene skeleton. The naphthalene skeleton-containing resin refers to a compound containing one or more naphthalene skeletons in one molecule. Moreover, (A-1) component can be melt|dissolved in an alkaline solution (for example, an alkaline developing solution) at the dissolving rate of an appropriate range. In addition, when the photosensitive resin composition containing the component (A-1) is developed with an alkaline developing solution, it is possible to suppress the generation of undissolved parts and undissolved parts in the photosensitive resin composition against the purpose. local. The BP (Breakpoint) can be increased. Therefore, the developability of the photosensitive resin composition can be improved.

又,作為(A-1)成分,使用含有萘骨架的樹脂時,通常因分子的剛性會變高,故可抑制感光性樹脂組成物中之分子的動作,其結果可提高感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物的玻璃轉移溫度。且藉由(A-1)成分之作用,通常會提高對於因熱膨張或熱收縮所產生的內部應力的耐性,故可提高感光性薄膜之可撓性。In addition, when a resin containing a naphthalene skeleton is used as the component (A-1), the rigidity of the molecules is usually increased, so that the action of the molecules in the photosensitive resin composition can be suppressed, and as a result, the photosensitive resin composition can be improved. The glass transition temperature of the hardened material. Moreover, by the action of the component (A-1), the resistance to internal stress due to thermal expansion or thermal shrinkage is generally improved, so that the flexibility of the photosensitive film can be improved.

(A-1)成分為於1分子中可含有1個萘骨架,亦可含有2個以上萘骨架。The component (A-1) may contain one naphthalene skeleton or two or more naphthalene skeletons in one molecule.

(A-1)成分,例如為含有下述式(1)所示結構的樹脂。(A-1)成分可具有下述式(1)所示結構複數個(例如1~10個,較佳為1~6個),具有下述式(1)所示結構複數個時,(A-1)成分可將此等複數個下述式(1)所示結構作為結構單位(重複單位)含有。又,下述式(1)中,與R 1鍵結的鍵結部位亦可鍵結於萘骨架所具有碳原子中可鍵結的碳原子中任一者。藉此,R 1所鍵結的鍵結部位係末端鍵結部位與相同苯環的碳原子進行鍵結,亦可與相異苯環的碳原子進行鍵結。前述末端鍵結部位表示鍵結於萘環的鍵結部位中,鍵結於R 1的鍵結部位及鍵結於OR’的鍵結部位以外之鍵結部位,具體表示式(1)的左端所描繪的鍵結部位。例如萘骨架中之末端鍵結部位與,與R 1鍵結的鍵結部位之位置組合可為第1,2位、第1,3位、第1,4位、第1,5位、第1,6位、第1,7位、第1,8位、第2,3位、第2,6位、第2,7位。 The component (A-1) is, for example, a resin containing a structure represented by the following formula (1). The component (A-1) may have a plurality of structures represented by the following formula (1) (for example, 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6), and when it has a plurality of structures represented by the following formula (1), ( A-1) Component can contain these plural structures represented by following formula (1) as a structural unit (repeating unit). In addition, in the following formula (1), the bonding site to which R 1 is bonded may be bonded to any of the carbon atoms which can be bonded among the carbon atoms contained in the naphthalene skeleton. Thereby, the bonding site to which R 1 is bonded is that the terminal bonding site is bonded to the carbon atom of the same benzene ring, and may be bonded to the carbon atom of a different benzene ring. The above-mentioned terminal bonding site refers to the bonding site bonded to the naphthalene ring, the bonding site bonded to R 1 and the bonding site other than the bonding site bonded to OR', and specifically represents the left end of the formula (1). Depicted bond site. For example, the positional combination of the terminal bonding site in the naphthalene skeleton and the bonding site bonding with R 1 can be the 1st, 2nd, 1st, 3rd, 1st, 4th, 1st, 5th, 1st 1,6, 1,7, 1,8, 2,3, 2,6, 2,7.

Figure 02_image001
上述式(1)中,R 1及R 2各獨立表示可具有取代基的伸烷基。R 1的碳原子數通常為1~20,以1~10為佳,較佳為1~6。又,伸烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為分支鏈狀。作為伸烷基,例如可舉出亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基等。
Figure 02_image001
In the above formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms of R 1 is usually 1-20, preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6. In addition, the alkylene group may be linear or branched. As an alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propylidene group, a butylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

R 1及R 2所具有的取代基各獨立,例如可舉出鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳基烷基、矽基、醯基、醯氧基、羧基、磺酸基、氰基、硝基、羥基、巰基、氧代基等。 The substituents that R 1 and R 2 have are independent of each other, and examples thereof include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, arylalkyl groups, silyl groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, carboxyl groups, and sulfonic acid groups. , cyano, nitro, hydroxyl, mercapto, oxo, etc.

上述式(1)中,X表示可具有取代基之伸芳基。X的碳原子數目通常為6~30,以6~20為佳,較佳為6~10。伸芳基例如為伸苯基、亞蒽基、伸菲基、二亞苯基。In the above formula (1), X represents an optionally substituted aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of X is usually 6-30, preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-10. The arylidene group is, for example, a phenylene group, an anthracene group, a phenanthrene group, and a diphenylene group.

X所具有的取代基,例如可舉出與R 1及R 2所具有的取代基相同例子。 The substituent which X has, for example, is the same as the substituent which R 1 and R 2 have.

對於上述式(1),a表示0或1。其中,a為基X之數目。In the above formula (1), a represents 0 or 1. Among them, a is the number of base X.

對於上述式(1),s表示0或1。其中,s及t各為基R 1及基R 2的數目。又,上述式(1)中,t表示0或1。但s及t不會有s+t為0的情況。其中亦在a=1時,s及t皆為1者為佳。a=0時,s及t的一方為0者為佳。 In the above formula (1), s represents 0 or 1. Wherein, s and t are each the number of radicals R 1 and R 2 . Moreover, in said Formula (1), t represents 0 or 1. But s and t will not have s+t is 0. Among them, when a=1, it is better that both s and t are 1. When a=0, one of s and t is preferably 0.

上述式(1)中,OR’為萘骨架上之取代基。上述式(1)中,R’各獨立表示含有乙烯性不飽和基及羧基之有機基。In the above formula (1), OR' is a substituent on the naphthalene skeleton. In the above formula (1), R' each independently represents an organic group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group.

R’較佳表示下述式(2)所示基。

Figure 02_image003
上述式(2)中,R 3表示3價基,較佳為表示可具有取代基的3價烴基(但,於碳-碳鍵(C-C鍵)之間可隔著雜原子),其中亦以可具有取代基之3價脂肪族烴基為佳。該R 3亦可為可具有取代基的含有環氧基的取代基之3價殘基。R 3可具有取代基例如可舉出與R 1及R 2可具有的取代基之相同例。 R' preferably represents a group represented by the following formula (2).
Figure 02_image003
In the above formula (2), R 3 represents a trivalent group, preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent (however, a heteroatom may be interposed between carbon-carbon bonds (CC bonds)), wherein A trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferable. This R 3 may be a trivalent residue of an epoxy group-containing substituent which may have a substituent. R 3 may have a substituent, for example, the same examples as the substituent which R 1 and R 2 may have.

上述式(2)中,R 4表示含有乙烯性不飽和基的有機基。作為含有乙烯性不飽和基的有機基之較佳例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基。所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基」包含丙烯醯基氧基、甲基丙烯醯基氧基及此等組合。 In the above formula (2), R 4 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing organic group. As a preferable example of the organic group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, (meth)acryloyloxy group is mentioned. The term "(meth)acryloyloxy" includes acryloxy, methacryloyloxy, and combinations thereof.

上述式(2)中,R 5為含有羧基的有機基。含有羧基的有機基之例為-OCO-R 6-COOH。其中,R 6表示2價基。作為R 6,以可具有取代基的2價烴基為佳。R 6的碳原子數通常為1~30,以1~20為佳,較佳為1~6。作為2價烴基,例如可舉出亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基等直鏈狀或者分支鏈狀非環式伸烷基;飽和或者不飽和的2價脂環式烴基;伸苯基、亞萘基等伸芳基等。其中,亦以2價脂環式烴基及伸芳基為佳,以4-環伸己烯基及伸苯基為特佳。又,R 6可具有的取代基例如可舉出與R 1及R 2可具有的取代基之相同例。-OCO-R 6-COOH中之-CO-R 6-COOH通常為羧酸酐之殘基。羧酸酐之例子,可舉出馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐、衣康酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三酸酐、苯四酸酐、二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐。 In the above formula (2), R 5 is a carboxyl group-containing organic group. An example of a carboxyl group-containing organic group is -OCO-R 6 -COOH. Here, R 6 represents a divalent group. As R 6 , a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferred. The number of carbon atoms of R 6 is usually 1-30, preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-6. Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include linear or branched acyclic alkylene groups such as methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, and butylene; saturated or unsaturated bivalent alicyclic hydrocarbon groups ; Extension of phenyl, naphthylene and other extension of aryl and so on. Among them, a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group and an arylene group are also preferable, and a 4-cyclohexene group and a phenylene group are particularly preferable. Moreover, as a substituent which R 6 may have, for example, the same examples as the substituent which R 1 and R 2 may have are exemplified. -CO-R 6 -COOH in -OCO-R 6 -COOH is usually the residue of carboxylic acid anhydride. Examples of the carboxylic anhydride include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone Tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

上述式(1)中,c通常為1~6,以1~3為佳,較佳為1~2的整數。其中,c為基OR’之數目。In the above formula (1), c is usually 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2. where c is the number of base OR'.

-(A-1)成分之第1例(a=1)- (A-1)成分的較佳例為萘酚芳烷基型樹脂。所謂「萘酚芳烷基型樹脂」表示含有自萘酚伸芳烷基除去OH基之H原子的結構的基之樹脂。 -(A-1) Component 1 (a=1)- A preferred example of the component (A-1) is a naphthol aralkyl type resin. The "naphthol aralkyl-type resin" refers to a resin containing a group having a structure in which the H atom of the OH group is removed from the naphthol aralkyl group.

較佳萘酚芳烷基型樹脂為含有上述式(1)中a=1之結構的樹脂,例如具有下述式(3)所示結構的樹脂。

Figure 02_image005
Preferably, the naphthol aralkyl type resin is a resin having a structure in which a=1 in the above formula (1), for example, a resin having a structure represented by the following formula (3).
Figure 02_image005

上述式(3)中,R 1、R 2、X、s、t、R’及c與前述相同。s及t皆為1時為佳。 In the above formula (3), R 1 , R 2 , X, s, t, R′ and c are the same as described above. It is better if both s and t are 1.

萘酚芳烷基型樹脂之較佳樹脂為,含有對於上述式(3),c=1,s=1且t=1之結構的樹脂,例如含有下述式(4)或(5)所示結構的2價基之萘酚芳烷基型樹脂。A preferable resin of the naphthol aralkyl type resin is a resin containing a structure of c=1, s=1 and t=1 with respect to the above formula (3), for example, a resin containing a structure represented by the following formula (4) or (5) A bivalent naphthol aralkyl type resin showing the structure.

Figure 02_image007
Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image007
Figure 02_image009

上述式(4)或(5)中,R 1、R 2、X、R’及c與前述相同。上述式(4)或(5)所示萘酚芳烷基型樹脂為,將在後述合成例1所使用的萘酚芳烷基型環氧樹脂作為材料而可合成之樹脂。萘酚芳烷基型環氧樹脂,例如可使用新日鐵住金化學股份有限公司製「ESN-475V」(環氧當量325g/eq.)。 In the above formula (4) or (5), R 1 , R 2 , X, R′ and c are the same as described above. The naphthol aralkyl-type resin represented by the above formula (4) or (5) is a resin that can be synthesized using the naphthol aralkyl-type epoxy resin used in Synthesis Example 1 described later as a material. As a naphthol aralkyl type epoxy resin, for example, "ESN-475V" (epoxy equivalent 325 g/eq.) manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used.

-(A-1)成分之第2例(a=0)- (A-1)成分之中,萘酚芳烷基型樹脂以外(a=0)之較佳例為含有對於上述式(1),c=2,s=1且t=0之結構的樹脂,例如含有下述式(6)所示結構的2價基之含有萘骨架的樹脂。

Figure 02_image011
上述式(6)中,R 1、R及R’與前述相同。於上述式(6)所示含有萘骨架的樹脂為,將1,1’-雙(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基萘)甲烷作為材料而可合成之樹脂。如此含有萘骨架的環氧樹脂,例如可使用大日本油墨化學工業公司製「EXA-4700」。 - The second example of the component (A-1) (a=0)- Among the components (A-1), preferable examples other than the naphthol aralkyl type resin (a=0) are those containing the above-mentioned formula (1) ), c=2, s=1, and t=0 structure resin, for example, a naphthalene skeleton-containing resin containing a divalent group of the structure represented by the following formula (6).
Figure 02_image011
In the above formula (6), R 1 , R and R' are the same as described above. The resin containing a naphthalene skeleton represented by the above formula (6) is a resin which can be synthesized using 1,1′-bis(2,7-diglycidyloxynaphthalene)methane as a material. As the epoxy resin containing a naphthalene skeleton in this manner, "EXA-4700" manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used, for example.

作為(A-1)成分之重量平均分子量,由成膜性之觀點來看,以500以上者為佳,以1000以上者為較佳,以1500以上者為更佳,以2000以上者為更較佳。作為上限,由顯影性之觀點來看,以10000以下者為佳,以8000以下者為較佳,以7500以下者為更佳。重量平均分子量係藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法所測定的聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量。The weight average molecular weight of the component (A-1) is preferably at least 500, more preferably at least 1,000, more preferably at least 1,500, and more preferably at least 2,000 from the viewpoint of film-forming properties. better. As the upper limit, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 8,000 or less, and more preferably 7,500 or less. The weight average molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

-(A-1)成分之製造方法- (A-1)成分若為具有包含萘骨架、乙烯性不飽和基及羧基之樹脂的化合物即可,並無限定於上述例子,且無特別限制,但作為該一態樣,對具有萘骨架之萘型環氧化合物(含有萘骨架的環氧化合物)使不飽和羧酸進行反應,再使羧酸酐進行反應之含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂等。對於含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂之製造方法做說明。首先,對含有萘骨架的環氧化合物使不飽和羧酸進行反應,得到含有不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂,其次,使含有不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂與羧酸酐進行反應。如此可得到含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂。 -(A-1) Manufacturing method of component- The component (A-1) may be a compound having a resin containing a naphthalene skeleton, an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a carboxyl group, and is not limited to the above-mentioned examples, and is not particularly limited. The naphthalene-type epoxy compound (epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton) is an acid-modified unsaturated naphthalene skeleton-containing epoxy ester resin in which an unsaturated carboxylic acid is reacted, and then a carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted. The manufacturing method of the epoxy ester resin containing an acid-denatured unsaturated naphthalene skeleton is demonstrated. First, an unsaturated carboxylic acid is reacted with an epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton to obtain an epoxy ester resin containing an unsaturated naphthalene skeleton, and then the epoxy ester resin containing an unsaturated naphthalene skeleton and a carboxylic acid anhydride are reacted. In this way, an epoxy ester resin containing an acid-modified unsaturated naphthalene skeleton can be obtained.

作為含有萘骨架的環氧化合物,若為於分子內具有1個以上環氧基之化合物即可使用,例如可舉出單羥基萘型環氧樹脂、二氫氧基萘型環氧樹脂、聚羥基聯萘型環氧樹脂、藉由聚羥基萘與醛類之縮合反應所得的萘型環氧樹脂、聯萘酚型環氧樹脂等於分子中具有萘骨架之萘型環氧樹脂等。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。The epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton may be used as long as it has one or more epoxy groups in the molecule, and examples thereof include monohydroxynaphthalene type epoxy resin, dihydrooxynaphthalene type epoxy resin, polyoxy Hydroxy binaphthalene-type epoxy resin, naphthalene-type epoxy resin obtained by condensation reaction of polyhydroxynaphthalene and aldehydes, and binaphthol-type epoxy resin are equal to naphthalene-type epoxy resin having a naphthalene skeleton in the molecule. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

作為單羥基萘型環氧樹脂,例如可舉出1-縮水甘油基氧基萘、2-縮水甘油基氧基萘。作為二羥基萘型環氧樹脂,例如可舉出1,3-二縮水甘油基氧基萘、1,4-二縮水甘油基氧基萘、1,5-二縮水甘油基氧基萘、1,6-二縮水甘油基氧基萘、2,3-二縮水甘油基氧基萘、2,6-二縮水甘油基氧基萘、2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基萘等。As a monohydroxynaphthalene type epoxy resin, 1-glycidyloxynaphthalene and 2-glycidyloxynaphthalene are mentioned, for example. As dihydroxynaphthalene type epoxy resins, for example, 1,3-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, 1,4-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, 1,5-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, 1,5-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, , 6-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, 2,3-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, 2,6-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, 2,7-diglycidyloxynaphthalene, and the like.

作為聚羥基聯萘型環氧樹脂,例如可舉出1,1’-雙-(2-縮水甘油基氧基)萘、1-(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基)-1’-(2’-縮水甘油基氧基)聯萘、1,1’-雙-(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基)萘等。Examples of polyhydroxybinaphthyl-type epoxy resins include 1,1'-bis-(2-glycidyloxy)naphthalene, 1-(2,7-diglycidyloxy)-1'- (2'-glycidyloxy)binaphthyl, 1,1'-bis-(2,7-diglycidyloxy)naphthalene, and the like.

作為藉由聚羥基萘與醛類的縮合反應所得之萘型環氧樹脂,例如可舉出1,1’-雙(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基萘)甲烷、1-(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基萘)-1’-(2’-縮水甘油基氧基萘)甲烷、1,1’-雙(2-縮水甘油基氧基萘)甲烷。Examples of naphthalene-type epoxy resins obtained by condensation reaction of polyhydroxynaphthalene and aldehydes include 1,1'-bis(2,7-diglycidyloxynaphthalene)methane, 1-(2, 7-Diglycidyloxynaphthalene)-1'-(2'-glycidyloxynaphthalene)methane, 1,1'-bis(2-glycidyloxynaphthalene)methane.

此等中亦以於1分子中具有2個以上萘骨架之聚羥基聯萘型環氧樹脂、聚羥基萘與醛類經縮合反應所得之萘型環氧樹脂為佳,特佳為於1分子中具有3個以上環氧基之1,1’-雙(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基萘)甲烷、1-(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基萘)-1’-(2’-縮水甘油基氧基萘)甲烷、1-(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基)-1’-(2’-縮水甘油基氧基)聯萘、1,1’-雙-(2,7-二縮水甘油基氧基)萘由平均線熱膨張率且耐熱性優異的觀點來看為佳。Among them, polyhydroxybinaphthalene-type epoxy resins having two or more naphthalene skeletons in one molecule, and naphthalene-type epoxy resins obtained by condensation reaction of polyhydroxynaphthalene and aldehydes are preferred, and particularly preferred are in one molecule 1,1'-bis(2,7-diglycidyloxynaphthalene)methane, 1-(2,7-diglycidyloxynaphthalene)-1'-( 2'-glycidyloxynaphthalene)methane, 1-(2,7-diglycidyloxy)-1'-(2'-glycidyloxy)binaphthyl, 1,1'-bis- (2,7-diglycidyloxy)naphthalene is preferable from the viewpoint of an average linear thermal expansion ratio and excellent heat resistance.

作為不飽和羧酸,例如可舉出丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸等,此等可單獨使用1種亦可併用2種以上。其中亦以丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸可提高感光性樹脂組成物之光硬化性的觀點來看為佳。且,對於本說明書,有時將上述萘型環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸之反應物的萘型環氧化合物酯樹脂記載為「萘型環氧化合物(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,該萘型環氧化合物之環氧基,通常藉由與(甲基)丙烯酸之反應而實質上消滅。「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」中包含甲基丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸酯及其組合。歸納丙烯酸與甲基丙烯酸可稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸」。Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, cinnamic acid, and crotonic acid, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are preferable from the viewpoint of improving the photocurability of the photosensitive resin composition. In addition, in this specification, the naphthalene-type epoxy compound ester resin of the reaction product of the above-mentioned naphthalene-type epoxy compound and (meth)acrylic acid may be described as "naphthalene-type epoxy compound (meth)acrylate", and the naphthalene-type epoxy compound (meth)acrylate The epoxy group of the type epoxy compound is usually substantially eliminated by the reaction with (meth)acrylic acid. "(Meth)acrylate" includes methacrylate, acrylate, and combinations thereof. Summarizing acrylic acid and methacrylic acid can be called "(meth)acrylic acid".

作為羧酸酐,例如可舉出馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐、衣康酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三酸酐、苯四酸酐、二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐等,但此等皆可單獨使用1種或併用2種以上。其中由琥珀酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐可提高硬化物之顯影性及絕緣信賴性的觀點來看為佳。Examples of the carboxylic anhydride include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and benzophenone. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the like, but these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, succinic anhydride and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride are preferable from the viewpoint of improving the developability and insulation reliability of the cured product.

欲得到含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂,亦可在觸媒存在下使不飽和羧酸與含有萘骨架的環氧化合物進行反應後得到含有不飽和萘骨架之環氧酯樹脂後,將含有不飽和萘骨架之環氧酯樹脂與羧酸酐進行反應。To obtain an epoxy ester resin containing an acid-denatured unsaturated naphthalene skeleton, the epoxy ester resin containing an unsaturated naphthalene skeleton can also be obtained by reacting an unsaturated carboxylic acid with an epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton in the presence of a catalyst. , the epoxy ester resin containing unsaturated naphthalene skeleton is reacted with carboxylic acid anhydride.

此時所使用的觸媒之量,相對於不飽和羧酸與含有萘骨架的環氧化合物與羧酸酐之合計質量而言,以2質量%以下為佳,較佳為0.0005質量%~1質量%之範圍,更佳為0.001質量%~0.5質量%之範圍。作為觸媒,例如可舉出N-甲基嗎啉、吡啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]十一碳烯-7(DBU)、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4.3.0]壬烯-5(DBN)、1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷(DABCO)、三-n-丁基胺或者二甲基苯甲基胺、丁基胺、辛基胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、咪唑、1-甲基咪唑、2,4-二甲基咪唑、1,4-二乙基咪唑、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(N-苯基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、四甲基銨氫氧化物等各種胺化合物類;三甲基膦、三丁基膦、三苯基膦等膦類;四甲基鏻鹽、四乙基鏻鹽、四丙基鏻鹽、四丁基鏻鹽、三甲基(2-羥基丙基)鏻鹽、三苯基鏻鹽、苯甲基鏻鹽等鏻鹽類,作為代表性對負離子,可舉出具有氯化物、溴化物、羧酸酯、氫氧化物等鏻鹽類;三甲基硫鎓鹽、苯甲基四亞甲基硫鎓鹽、苯基苯甲基甲基硫鎓鹽或苯基二甲基硫鎓鹽等硫鎓鹽類,作為代表性對負離子,可舉出具有羧酸酯、氫氧化物等硫鎓鹽類;如燐酸、p-甲苯磺酸、硫酸之酸性化合物類等。反應可在50℃~150℃之範圍下進行,以在80℃~120℃之範圍下進行為佳。The amount of the catalyst to be used at this time is preferably 2 mass % or less, preferably 0.0005 mass % to 1 mass % with respect to the total mass of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, the naphthalene skeleton-containing epoxy compound, and the carboxylic acid anhydride. The range of % is more preferably the range of 0.001 mass % to 0.5 mass %. As a catalyst, for example, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7(DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3 .0]nonene-5(DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), tri-n-butylamine or dimethylbenzylamine, butylamine, Octylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, imidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 2,4-dimethylimidazole, 1,4-diethylimidazole, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-(N-phenyl)aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethyl)aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, tetramethylammonium hydroxide and other amine compounds; trimethylphosphine, tributylphosphine, triphenylphosphine and other phosphines ; Tetramethylphosphonium salt, tetraethylphosphonium salt, tetrapropylphosphonium salt, tetrabutylphosphonium salt, trimethyl(2-hydroxypropyl)phosphonium salt, triphenylphosphonium salt, benzylphosphonium salt, etc. Phosphonium salts, as representative counter-anions, phosphonium salts having chloride, bromide, carboxylate, hydroxide, etc.; trimethylsulfonium salt, benzyltetramethylenesulfonium salt, Sulfonium salts such as phenylbenzylmethylsulfonium salt or phenyldimethylsulfonium salt, as representative negative ions, sulfonium salts such as carboxylate, hydroxide, etc.; , p-toluenesulfonic acid, acid compounds of sulfuric acid, etc. The reaction can be carried out in the range of 50°C to 150°C, preferably in the range of 80°C to 120°C.

欲得到含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架之環氧酯樹脂時,亦可使用有機溶劑,作為有機溶劑,可使用與後述(G)溶劑之相同溶劑。In order to obtain an epoxy ester resin containing an acid-modified unsaturated naphthalene skeleton, an organic solvent can also be used, and the same solvent as the solvent (G) described later can be used as the organic solvent.

欲得到含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂,可使用氫醌等聚合阻礙劑。此時所使用的聚合阻礙劑之量,相對於不飽和羧酸與含有萘骨架的環氧化合物與羧酸酐之合計質量而言,以2質量%以下,較佳為0.0005質量%~1質量%之範圍,更佳為0.001質量%~0.5質量%之範圍。In order to obtain an epoxy ester resin containing an acid-denatured unsaturated naphthalene skeleton, a polymerization inhibitor such as hydroquinone can be used. The amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be used in this case is 2 mass % or less, preferably 0.0005 to 1 mass % with respect to the total mass of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, the naphthalene skeleton-containing epoxy compound, and the carboxylic acid anhydride. The range is more preferably the range of 0.001 mass % to 0.5 mass %.

作為含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂,以含有酸變性萘骨架的環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯為佳。所謂含有酸變性萘骨架的環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯係指,使用含有萘骨架的環氧化合物,作為不飽和羧酸使用(甲基)丙烯酸而得之含有酸變性不飽和萘骨架的環氧酯樹脂。As the epoxy ester resin containing an acid-modified unsaturated naphthalene skeleton, an epoxy (meth)acrylate containing an acid-modified naphthalene skeleton is preferable. Acid-modified naphthalene skeleton-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate refers to an acid-modified unsaturated naphthalene skeleton-containing ring obtained by using an epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton and using (meth)acrylic acid as an unsaturated carboxylic acid. Oxyester resin.

作為(A-1)成分的其他態樣,可舉出於聚合(甲基)丙烯酸所得之結構單位所具有的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,使乙烯性不飽和基及含有萘骨架的環氧化合物進行反應,導入乙烯性不飽和基之含有不飽和變性萘骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂。亦可進一步導入不飽和基時產生的羥基與羧酸酐進行反應者。作為羧酸酐可使用與上述酸酐之相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。As another aspect of (A-1) component, the (meth)acrylic resin which the structural unit obtained by polymerizing (meth)acrylic acid has, the epoxy compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a naphthalene skeleton can be mentioned. The reaction is carried out to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin containing an unsaturated modified naphthalene skeleton. A hydroxyl group generated when an unsaturated group is further introduced may be reacted with a carboxylic acid anhydride. As a carboxylic acid anhydride, the same thing as the above-mentioned acid anhydride can be used, and the preferable range is also the same.

((A-2)酸變性環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂) 作為(A-2)成分之酸變性環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂係具有於環氧化合物之(甲基)丙烯酸酯導入羧基的結構之化合物。但,於該(A-2)成分中未含有前述(A-1)成分。 ((A-2) Acid-modified epoxy (meth)acrylate resin) The acid-modified epoxy (meth)acrylate resin as the component (A-2) is a compound having a structure in which a carboxyl group is introduced into (meth)acrylate of an epoxy compound. However, the said (A-1) component is not contained in this (A-2) component.

作為(A-2)成分之一態樣,可舉出甲酚酚醛清漆A型環氧化合物、甲酚酚醛清漆F型環氧化合物等甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸進行反應,進一步使羧酸酐進行反應的酸變性甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。詳細而言,使甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸進行反應後得到甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯,使甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯與羧酸酐進行反應後可得到酸變性甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯。As one aspect of the component (A-2), a cresol novolak type epoxy compound such as a cresol novolak A type epoxy compound and a cresol novolak F type epoxy compound is exemplified with (meth)acrylic acid. The acid-denatured cresol novolak-type epoxy (meth)acrylate etc. which react and further react the carboxylic anhydride. Specifically, cresol novolac epoxy (meth)acrylate is obtained by reacting a cresol novolak epoxy compound with (meth)acrylic acid, and a cresol novolak epoxy (meth)acrylic acid is The acid-modified cresol novolac epoxy (meth)acrylate can be obtained by reacting the ester with the carboxylic acid anhydride.

作為(A-2)成分之其他態樣,可舉出使上述甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物以外的環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸進行反應,進一步使羧酸酐進行反應的酸變性環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為如此環氧化合物,例如可舉出聯苯基型環氧化合物;雙酚A型環氧化合物、雙酚F型環氧化合物等雙酚型環氧化合物;酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;雙酚A型酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、烷基酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂等酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;全氟烷基型環氧樹脂等氟含有環氧樹脂;雙二甲酚型環氧樹脂;二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂;參酚型環氧樹脂、tert-丁基-鄰苯二酚型環氧樹脂、蒽型環氧樹脂等含有縮合環骨架之環氧樹脂;縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂;縮水甘油基酯型環氧樹脂;線狀脂肪族環氧樹脂;含有丁二烯結構之環氧樹脂;脂環式環氧樹脂;雜環式環氧樹脂;螺環含有環氧樹脂;環己烷二甲醇型環氧樹脂;三羥甲基型環氧樹脂;四苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂;聚縮水甘油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、縮水甘油基甲基丙烯酸酯與丙烯酸酯之共聚物等含有縮水甘油基的丙烯酸樹脂;芴型環氧樹脂;鹵化環氧樹脂等。As another aspect of the component (A-2), an acid-modified epoxy compound obtained by reacting an epoxy compound other than the above-mentioned cresol novolak-type epoxy compound with (meth)acrylic acid and further reacting a carboxylic acid anhydride can be mentioned. (Meth)acrylate. Examples of such epoxy compounds include biphenyl-type epoxy compounds; bisphenol-type epoxy compounds such as bisphenol A-type epoxy compounds and bisphenol F-type epoxy compounds; phenol novolak-type epoxy resins; Novolak-type epoxy resins such as phenol A type novolak type epoxy resin, alkylphenol novolak type epoxy resin, etc.; fluorine-containing epoxy resin such as perfluoroalkyl type epoxy resin; bisxylenol type epoxy resin ; Dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin; ginseng type epoxy resin, tert-butyl-catechol type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin and other epoxy resin containing condensed ring skeleton; glycidyl group Amine type epoxy resin; Glycidyl ester type epoxy resin; Linear aliphatic epoxy resin; Epoxy resin containing butadiene structure; Alicyclic epoxy resin; Heterocyclic epoxy resin; Spiro ring containing Epoxy resin; cyclohexanedimethanol type epoxy resin; trimethylol type epoxy resin; tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin; polyglycidyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl methacrylic acid Acrylic resins containing glycidyl groups such as copolymers of esters and acrylates; fluorene epoxy resins; halogenated epoxy resins, etc.

如此酸變性環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯可使用販售品,作為具體例子,可舉出日本化藥公司製之「CCR-1179」(甲酚酚醛清漆F型環氧丙烯酸酯)、「ZAR-2000」(酸變性雙酚型環氧丙烯酸酯:雙酚A型環氧樹脂、丙烯酸及琥珀酸酐之反應物)、「ZFR-1491H」(酸變性雙酚型環氧丙烯酸酯:雙酚F型環氧樹脂、丙烯酸及酸酐之反應物)、「ZFR-1533H」(酸變性雙酚型環氧丙烯酸酯:雙酚F型環氧樹脂、丙烯酸及四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐之反應物)、「ZCR-1569H」(酸變性聯苯基型環氧丙烯酸酯:聯苯基型環氧樹脂、丙烯酸及酸酐之反應物)、昭和電工公司製之「PR-300CP」(甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、丙烯酸,及酸酐之反應物)等。此等單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。Such acid-modified epoxy (meth)acrylate can be used as a commercially available product, and as a specific example, "CCR-1179" (Cresol Novolak F-type epoxy acrylate), "ZAR" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. -2000" (acid denatured bisphenol epoxy acrylate: bisphenol A epoxy resin, reactant of acrylic acid and succinic anhydride), "ZFR-1491H" (acid denatured bisphenol epoxy acrylate: bisphenol F type epoxy resin, acrylic acid and acid anhydride reactant), "ZFR-1533H" (acid modified bisphenol type epoxy acrylate: bisphenol F type epoxy resin, acrylic acid and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride reactant) , "ZCR-1569H" (acid-denatured biphenyl type epoxy acrylate: biphenyl type epoxy resin, acrylic acid and acid anhydride reactant), "PR-300CP" (cresol novolac type) manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation Epoxy resin, acrylic acid, and acid anhydride reactant), etc. These are used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(A-2)成分之其他態樣,可舉出對於具有聚合(甲基)丙烯酸而得之結構單位的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,使環氧化合物之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行反應,導入乙烯性不飽和基的不飽和變性(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂。環氧化合物之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出縮水甘油基甲基丙烯酸酯、4-羥基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯縮水甘油基醚、3,4-環氧環己基甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。且亦可使進行不飽和基導入時所產生的羥基與羧酸酐進行反應。作為羧酸酐,可使用與上述羧酸酐之相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。As another aspect of (A-2) component, with respect to (meth)acrylic resin which has a structural unit obtained by polymerizing (meth)acrylic acid, the (meth)acrylate of epoxy compound is reacted, An ethylenically unsaturated group-introduced unsaturated modified (meth)acrylic resin. Examples of (meth)acrylates of epoxy compounds include glycidyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate glycidyl ether, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ( meth)acrylate, etc. In addition, the hydroxyl group generated when the unsaturated group is introduced may be reacted with the carboxylic acid anhydride. As a carboxylic acid anhydride, the same thing as the above-mentioned carboxylic acid anhydride can be used, and the preferable range is also the same.

如此不飽和變性(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂可使用販售品,作為具體例子,可舉出昭和電工公司製之「SPC-1000」、「SPC-3000」、大賽璐・Ornex公司製「CyclomerP(ACA)Z-250」、「CyclomerP(ACA)Z-251」、「CyclomerP(ACA)Z-254」、「CyclomerP(ACA)Z-300」、「CyclomerP(ACA)Z-320」等。Such unsaturated modified (meth)acrylic resins can be used as commercial products, and specific examples include "SPC-1000" and "SPC-3000" manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, "Cyclomer P (ACA" manufactured by Daicel Ornex Corporation) )Z-250", "CyclomerP(ACA)Z-251", "CyclomerP(ACA)Z-254", "CyclomerP(ACA)Z-300", "CyclomerP(ACA)Z-320", etc.

作為(A-2)成分之重量平均分子量,由成膜性之觀點來看,以1000以上者為佳,以1500以上者為較佳,以2000以上者為更佳。作為上限,由顯影性之觀點來看,以20000以下者為佳,以15000以下者為較佳,以14000以下者為更佳。重量平均分子量為藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法而測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量。The weight average molecular weight of the component (A-2) is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more from the viewpoint of film-forming properties. As the upper limit, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 15,000 or less, and more preferably 14,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

(A)成分可為除上述(A-1)成分及(A-2)成分以外的(A-3)成分。該成分中未含有(A-1)成分及(A-2)成分。(A) component may be (A-3) component other than the said (A-1) component and (A-2) component. This component does not contain (A-1) component and (A-2) component.

(A-3)成分之重量平均分子量及酸價雖為任意,以與上述(A-2)成分之重量平均分子量及酸價的相同範圍者為佳。藉此,可得到與(A-2)成分之項目所說明的相同利點。Although the weight average molecular weight and acid value of the component (A-3) are arbitrary, those within the same range as the weight average molecular weight and acid value of the component (A-2) described above are preferred. Thereby, the same advantage as demonstrated in the item of (A-2) component can be acquired.

作為(A)成分之酸價,由可提高感光性樹脂組成物對鹼溶液之溶解性的觀點來看,以0.1mgKOH/g以上,0.5mgKOH/g以上或1mgKOH/g以上者為佳。其他又由可抑制硬化物的微細圖型在鹼溶液的溶出之觀點來看,酸價以150mgKOH/g以下者為佳,以120mgKOH/g以下者為較佳,以100mgKOH/g以下者為更佳。其中,所謂酸價表示存在於(A)成分之羧基的存酸價,酸價可藉由以下方法而測定。首先,精秤出測定樹脂溶液約1g後,於該樹脂溶液中添加丙酮30g,將樹脂溶液均勻地溶解。其次,將指示藥的酚酞適量地添加於該溶液中,使用0.1N之乙醇性KOH溶液進行滴定。然後,藉下述式(1)可算出酸價。 式:A=Vf×5.611/(Wp×I)・・・(1) The acid value of the component (A) is preferably 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, 0.5 mgKOH/g or more, or 1 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the photosensitive resin composition in an alkaline solution. In addition, from the viewpoint of inhibiting the dissolution of the fine pattern of the hardened product in the alkaline solution, the acid value is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less. good. Here, the so-called acid value means the storage acid value of the carboxyl group present in the (A) component, and the acid value can be measured by the following method. First, after about 1 g of the resin solution for measurement was precisely weighed, 30 g of acetone was added to the resin solution to dissolve the resin solution uniformly. Next, an appropriate amount of phenolphthalein, an indicator drug, was added to the solution, and titration was performed using a 0.1N ethanolic KOH solution. Then, the acid value can be calculated by the following formula (1). Formula: A=Vf×5.611/(Wp×I)・・・(1)

且,上述式(1)中,A表示酸價[mgKOH/g],Vf表示KOH溶液之滴定量[mL],Wp表示測定樹脂溶液質量[g],I表示測定樹脂溶液之不揮發成分的比例[質量%]。Moreover, in the above formula (1), A represents the acid value [mgKOH/g], Vf represents the titration amount of the KOH solution [mL], Wp represents the measured resin solution mass [g], and I represents the measured non-volatile content of the resin solution. Proportion [mass %].

作為(A)成分之含有量,由調整感光性樹脂組成物對鹼溶液的溶解性之觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分設定在100質量%時,以10質量%以上為佳,較佳為15質量%以上,更佳為20質量%以上,以40質量%以下為佳,較佳為35質量%以下,更佳為30質量%以下。 且對於本發明,感光性樹脂組成物中之各成分的含有量若無特別明示時,其為將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的值。 As the content of the component (A), from the viewpoint of adjusting the solubility of the photosensitive resin composition to an alkaline solution, when the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is set to 100% by mass, it is 10% by mass or more. More preferably, it is 15 mass % or more, more preferably 20 mass % or more, more preferably 40 mass % or less, preferably 35 mass % or less, more preferably 30 mass % or less. In addition, in this invention, unless the content of each component in the photosensitive resin composition is specified, it is the value when the non-volatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100 mass %.

<(B)無機填充材> 感光性樹脂組成物中可含有作為(B)成分之(B)無機填充材。若將(B)成分含於感光性樹脂組成物時,可提供可得到介電率及介電損耗正切較低硬化物之感光性樹脂組成物。 <(B) Inorganic filler> The (B) inorganic filler as (B) component may be contained in the photosensitive resin composition. When (B) component is contained in the photosensitive resin composition, the photosensitive resin composition which can obtain the hardened|cured material with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent can be provided.

(B)無機填充材之材料並無特別限定,但例如可舉出二氧化矽、氧化鋁、玻璃、堇青石、矽酸化物、硫酸鋇、碳酸鋇、滑石、黏土、雲母粉、氧化鋅、水滑石、勃姆石、氫氧化鋁、氫氧化鎂、碳酸鈣、碳酸鎂、氧化鎂、氮化硼、氮化鋁、氮化錳、硼酸鋁、碳酸鍶、鈦酸鍶、鈦酸鈣、鈦酸鎂、鈦酸鉍、氧化鈦、氧化鋯、鈦酸鋇、鈦酸鋯酸鋇、鋯酸鋇、鋯酸鈣、磷酸鋯及磷酸鎢酸鋯等。此等中亦以二氧化矽為特佳。又,作為二氧化矽以球形二氧化矽為佳。(B)無機填充材可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上後使用。(B) The material of the inorganic filler is not particularly limited, but for example, silica, alumina, glass, cordierite, silicate, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, talc, clay, mica powder, zinc oxide, Hydrotalcite, boehmite, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, manganese nitride, aluminum borate, strontium carbonate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, Magnesium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, barium titanate, barium titanate zirconate, barium zirconate, calcium zirconate, zirconium phosphate and zirconium tungstate phosphate, etc. Of these, silicon dioxide is also particularly preferred. In addition, spherical silica is preferable as silica. (B) The inorganic filler may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(B)無機填充材之平均粒徑由可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低的硬化物之觀點來看,以10μm以下為佳,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為3μm以下、2μm以下、1μm以下或0.7μm以下。該平均粒徑之下限雖非特別限定者,但以0.01μm以上為佳,較佳為0.05μm以上,更佳為0.07μm以上、0.1μm以上或0.2μm以上。(B) The average particle size of the inorganic filler is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, and 2 μm or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent. , 1 μm or less or 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit of the average particle diameter is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 μm or more, preferably 0.05 μm or more, more preferably 0.07 μm or more, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more.

無機填充材之平均粒徑係可藉由依據米氏(Mie)散射理論的雷射衍射・散射法而測定。具體而言,藉由雷射衍射散射式粒度分布測定裝置,將無機填充材之粒度分布以體積基準作成,將該中位直徑作為平均粒徑而測定。測定試樣係以使用將無機填充材藉由超音波分散於水中者為佳。作為雷射衍射散射式粒度分布測定裝置,可使用堀場製作所公司製「LA-500」、島津製作所公司製「SALD-2200」等。The average particle diameter of the inorganic filler can be measured by a laser diffraction/scattering method based on the Mie scattering theory. Specifically, the particle size distribution of the inorganic filler was prepared on a volume basis by a laser diffraction scattering particle size distribution analyzer, and the median diameter was measured as an average particle size. As a measurement sample, it is preferable to use the inorganic filler dispersed in water by ultrasonic waves. As a laser diffraction scattering particle size distribution analyzer, "LA-500" manufactured by Horiba Corporation, "SALD-2200" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and the like can be used.

(B)無機填充材之比表面積由可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低的硬化物之觀點來看,以1m 2/g以上為佳,較佳為3m 2/g以上,特佳為5m 2/g以上。上限並無特別限制,較佳為60m 2/g以下、50m 2/g以下或40m 2/g以下。比表面積為依據BET法,使用比表面積測定裝置(Mountech公司製Macsorb HM-1210),對試料表面吸附氮氣,使用BET多點法算出比表面積而得。 (B) The specific surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 1 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 3 m 2 /g or more, particularly preferably 1 m 2 /g or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent. 5m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably not more than 60 m 2 /g, not more than 50 m 2 /g, or not more than 40 m 2 /g. The specific surface area was obtained by adsorbing nitrogen gas on the surface of the sample using a specific surface area measuring device (Macsorb HM-1210, manufactured by Mounttech) in accordance with the BET method, and calculating the specific surface area using the BET multipoint method.

(B)無機填充材由提高耐濕性及分散性之觀點來看,以經胺基矽烷系偶合劑、環氧矽烷系偶合劑、巰基矽烷系偶合劑、矽烷系偶合劑、烷氧基矽烷化合物、有機矽氮烷化合物、鈦酸鹽系偶合劑等1種以上表面處理劑進行處理者為佳。作為表面處理劑之販售品,例如可舉出信越化學工業公司製「KBM403」(3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM803」(3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBE903」(3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM573」(N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「SZ-31」(六甲基二矽氮烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM103」(苯基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM-4803」(長鏈環氧型矽烷偶合劑)等。(B) Inorganic fillers from the viewpoint of improving moisture resistance and dispersibility, include aminosilane-based coupling agents, epoxysilane-based coupling agents, mercaptosilane-based coupling agents, silane-based coupling agents, and alkoxysilane-based coupling agents. Compounds, organosilazane compounds, and titanate-based coupling agents are preferably treated with one or more surface treatment agents. Examples of the surface treatment agent sold include "KBM403" (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM803" (3-mercaptopropyl trimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. "KBE903" (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. oxysilane), "SZ-31" (hexamethyldisilazane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM103" (phenyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM- 4803" (long-chain epoxy silane coupling agent), etc.

(B)無機填充材可使用販售品。作為販售品,例如可舉出Admatechs公司製「SC2050」、「SC4050」、「AdmaFine」、電氣化學工業公司製「SFP系列」、NipponSteel & Sumitomo Metal Materials公司製「SP(H)系列」、堺化學工業公司製「Sciqas系列」、日本觸媒公司製「Seahoster系列」、NipponSteel & Sumitomo Metal Materials公司製之「AZ系列」、「AX系列」、堺化學工業公司製之「B系列」、「BF系列」等。(B) Inorganic filler can be used as a commercial item. Examples of commercially available products include "SC2050", "SC4050", and "AdmaFine" manufactured by Admatechs, "SFP Series" manufactured by Denki Chemical Industries, Ltd., "SP(H) Series" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Materials, Sakai "Sciqas Series" manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., "Seahoster Series" manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., "AZ Series", "AX Series" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Materials Corporation, "B Series" manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., "BF Series" series" etc.

(B)無機填充材的含有量,由可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低的硬化物之觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以50質量%以上為佳,較佳為55質量%以上,更佳為60質量%以上。上限由可得到抑制曝光時之光反射的優良顯影性之觀點來看,例如75質量%以下、70質量%以下、65質量%以下。(B) The content of the inorganic filler, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, is 50 mass % when the nonvolatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100 mass % % or more is preferable, preferably 55 mass % or more, more preferably 60 mass % or more. The upper limit is, for example, 75% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, or 65% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent developability that suppresses light reflection during exposure.

<(C)光聚合起始劑> 感光性樹脂組成物含有作為(C)成分之光聚合起始劑。藉由使(C)光聚合起始劑含於感光性樹脂組成物時,可有效率地光硬化感光性樹脂組成物。 <(C) Photopolymerization Initiator> The photosensitive resin composition contains a photopolymerization initiator as the component (C). When the (C) photopolymerization initiator is contained in the photosensitive resin composition, the photosensitive resin composition can be efficiently photocured.

(C)光聚合起始劑可使用任意化合物,例如可舉出雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等醯膦氧化物系光聚合起始劑;1,2-辛烷二酮、1-4-(苯基硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯肟)等肟酯系光聚合起始劑;2-苯甲基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-1-丁酮、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮等α-胺基烷基苯系光聚合起始劑;二苯甲酮、甲基二苯甲酮、o-苯甲醯基安息香酸、苯甲醯基乙基醚、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2,4-二乙基硫基呫噸酮、二苯基-(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)膦氧化物、乙基-(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基膦酸鹽、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、1-羥基-環己基-苯基酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)-苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮等,亦可使用硫鎓鹽系光聚合起始劑。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。此等中,亦由可更有效率地使感光性樹脂組成物光硬化的觀點來看,醯膦氧化物系光聚合起始劑,及肟酯系光聚合起始劑中任一者為佳,以醯膦氧化物系光聚合起始劑為較佳。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上後使用。(C) As the photopolymerization initiator, any compound can be used, and examples thereof include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl Phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators such as acyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide; 1,2-octanedione, 1-4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzyl oxime ), ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O-acetoxime) and other oxime esters Photopolymerization initiator; 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[ (4-Methylphenyl)methyl]-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl] - α-aminoalkylbenzene-based photopolymerization initiators such as 2-morpholinopropan-1-one; benzophenone, methylbenzophenone, o-benzylbenzoic acid, benzyl Ethyl ether, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, diphenyl-(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)phosphine oxide, ethyl-(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)phenylphosphonate, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 1-hydroxy-cyclic Hexyl-phenyl ketone, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy -2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, etc., a sulfonium salt-based photopolymerization initiator may also be used. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, from the viewpoint that the photosensitive resin composition can be photohardened more efficiently, either a phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator or an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator is preferable , preferably phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(C)光聚合起始劑之具體例子,可舉出IGM公司製之「Omnirad907」、「Omnirad369」、「Omnirad379」、「Omnirad819」、「OmniradTPO」、BASF公司製之「IrgacureOXE-01」、「IrgacureOXE-02」、「IrgacureTPO」、「Irgacure819」、ADEKA公司製之「N-1919」等。Specific examples of the (C) photopolymerization initiator include "Omnirad907", "Omnirad369", "Omnirad379", "Omnirad819", "OmniradTPO" manufactured by IGM Corporation, "IrgacureOXE-01" manufactured by BASF Corporation, "IrgacureOXE-02", "IrgacureTPO", "Irgacure819", "N-1919" manufactured by ADEKA, etc.

作為(C)光聚合起始劑之含有量,由可充分地光硬化感光性樹脂組成物,且提高絕緣信賴性之觀點來看,當將感光性樹脂組成物之不揮發成分設定在100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上。另一方面,由抑制因感度過多的顯影性降低之觀點來看,上限以5質量%以下為佳,較佳為4質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以下。As the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C), from the viewpoint of sufficiently photohardening the photosensitive resin composition and improving insulation reliability, the non-volatile content of the photosensitive resin composition is set to 100 mass %, it is preferably 1 mass % or more, preferably 1.5 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in developability due to excessive sensitivity, the upper limit is preferably 5 mass % or less, preferably 4 mass % or less, and more preferably 3 mass % or less.

感光性樹脂組成物可進一步與(C)成分組合,作為光聚合開始助劑,可含有N,N-二甲基胺基安息香酸乙基酯、N,N-二甲基胺基安息香酸異戊基酯、戊基-4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯、三乙基胺、三乙醇胺等第三級胺類,亦可含有如吡唑啉類、蒽類、香豆素類、呫噸酮類、噻噸酮類等光增感劑。可單獨使用此等任1種,亦可併用2種以上。The photosensitive resin composition may be further combined with the component (C), and may contain N,N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, N,N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isotope as a photopolymerization initiation assistant. Amyl ester, pentyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, triethylamine, triethanolamine and other tertiary amines, and may also contain pyrazolines, anthracenes, coumarins, Photosensitizers such as xanthone and thioxanthone. Any one of these may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination.

<(D)環氧樹脂> 感光性樹脂組成物含有作為(D)成分之環氧樹脂。藉由將(D)成分含於感光性樹脂組成物時,可提高絕緣信賴性。但,於此所謂的(D)成分未含有具有乙烯性不飽和基及羧基之環氧樹脂。 <(D) Epoxy resin> The photosensitive resin composition contains epoxy resin as (D)component. Insulation reliability can be improved by containing (D)component in the photosensitive resin composition. However, the epoxy resin which has an ethylenically unsaturated group and a carboxyl group is not contained in (D)component so-called here.

(D)環氧樹脂含有,(D-1)軟化點未達30℃,且環氧當量為150g/eq.以下之環氧樹脂,及(D-2)軟化點為30℃以上且未達59℃之環氧樹脂。由可得到具有優異介電率及介電損耗正切之硬化物的觀點來看,使後述(E)成分含於感光性樹脂組成物時,因(E)成分通常為疏水性,故會使感光性樹脂組成物之溶解性降低,而有顯影性降低之傾向。然而,在本發明中,藉由併用軟化點低且環氧當量小的(D-1)成分及(D-2)成分時,可抑制溶解性之降低。其結果,可實現具有優異顯影性且具有(E)成分原本所具有的優異介電率及介電損耗正切之優點的硬化物。(D) epoxy resin containing epoxy resin with (D-1) softening point less than 30°C and epoxy equivalent of 150 g/eq. or less, and (D-2) softening point of 30°C or more and less than 30°C Epoxy resin at 59°C. From the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, when the below-mentioned (E) component is contained in the photosensitive resin composition, since the (E) component is usually hydrophobic, it will cause photosensitive. The solubility of the resin composition decreases, and the developability tends to decrease. However, in this invention, when a softening point is low and an epoxy equivalent is used together with (D-1) component and (D-2) component, the fall of solubility can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to realize a cured product which has the advantages of excellent developability and excellent permittivity and dielectric loss tangent inherent in (E) component.

(D-1)成分之軟化點由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,其為未達30℃,以25℃以下為佳,較佳為20℃以下。下限雖無特別限制,以0℃以上為佳,較佳為5℃以上,更佳為10℃以上。軟化點可依據JISK7234而測定。The softening point of the component (D-1) is less than 30°C, preferably 25°C or lower, more preferably 20°C or lower, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. Although the lower limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0°C or higher, preferably 5°C or higher, and more preferably 10°C or higher. The softening point can be measured according to JISK7234.

(D-1)成分之環氧當量由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,其為150g/eq.以下,以148g/eq.以下為佳,較佳為145g/eq.以下,以10g/eq.以上為佳,較佳為50g/eq.以上,更佳為100g/eq.以上。(D)成分之環氧當量為含有1當量環氧基之環氧樹脂的質量。該環氧當量可依據JISK7236而測定。The epoxy equivalent of the component (D-1) is not more than 150 g/eq., preferably not more than 148 g/eq., more preferably not more than 145 g/eq. 10 g/eq. or more is preferable, 50 g/eq. or more is preferable, and 100 g/eq. or more is more preferable. (D) The epoxy equivalent of a component is the mass of the epoxy resin containing 1 equivalent of epoxy groups. This epoxy equivalent can be measured based on JISK7236.

作為(D-1)成分,由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,以於1分子中具有1個以上環氧基者為佳,以於1分子中具有2個以上的環氧基者為較佳,以於1分子中具有3個以上環氧基者為更佳。欲顯著地得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,相對於(D-1)成分之不揮發成分100質量%,於1分子中具有2個以上環氧基的環氧樹脂之比例,以50質量%以上為佳,較佳為60質量%以上,特佳為70質量%以上。As the component (D-1), from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained, those having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred, and those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. Which is preferable, and one which has 3 or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule is more preferable. From the viewpoint of obtaining the desired effect of the present invention remarkably, the ratio of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule relative to 100% by mass of the nonvolatile content of the component (D-1) is 50. The content is preferably at least 60% by mass, more preferably at least 70% by mass, and more preferably at least 70% by mass.

對於(D-1)成分,其中有在溫度20℃為液狀之成分與在溫度20℃為固體狀之成分。作為(D-1)成分,由提高可撓性之觀點來看,以液狀者為佳。The component (D-1) includes a liquid component at a temperature of 20°C and a solid component at a temperature of 20°C. As the component (D-1), from the viewpoint of improving flexibility, it is preferable to be in a liquid state.

作為(D-1)成分,軟化點未達59℃,可使用環氧當量為150g/eq.以下之環氧樹脂。作為如此環氧樹脂,由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,以具有環狀結構者為佳。作為環狀結構,可舉出芳香環結構、脂環式結構等。作為芳香環結構,可舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環等。作為脂環式結構,可舉出環己烷環、環戊烷環、環庚烷環、環辛烷環等。其中作為環狀結構亦以芳香環結構為佳,以萘環、苯環為較佳,以萘環為更佳。As the component (D-1), an epoxy resin having an epoxy equivalent of 150 g/eq. or less can be used if the softening point is less than 59°C. As such an epoxy resin, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained, those having a cyclic structure are preferred. As a cyclic structure, an aromatic ring structure, an alicyclic structure, etc. are mentioned. As an aromatic ring structure, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, etc. are mentioned. As an alicyclic structure, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, etc. are mentioned. Among them, the cyclic structure is also preferably an aromatic ring structure, preferably a naphthalene ring and a benzene ring, and more preferably a naphthalene ring.

又,作為(D-1)成分,例如可舉出萘型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基酯型環氧樹脂、酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基環己烷型環氧樹脂、異三聚氰酸環型環氧樹脂、亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂等,以萘型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂為佳,以萘型環氧樹脂為較佳。Moreover, as (D-1) component, naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, for example are mentioned Oxygen resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, glycidyl cyclohexane type epoxy resin, isocyanuric cyclic epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin etc., naphthalene-type epoxy resins and glycidylamine-type epoxy resins are preferred, and naphthalene-type epoxy resins are preferred.

作為(D-1)成分之具體例子,可舉出DIC公司製之「HP4032」、「HP4032D」、「HP4032SS」(萘型環氧樹脂);住友化學公司製之「ELM-434L」(縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「630」(縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂);新日鐵住金化學公司製之「ZX1658GS」(液狀1,4-縮水甘油基環己烷型環氧樹脂);ADEKA公司製之「EP-3980S」(2官能縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂);ADEKA公司之「EP-3950L」(3官能縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂);日產化學公司製之「TEPIC-VL」(異三聚氰酸環型環氧樹脂);住友化學公司製之「ELM-100H」(N-[2-甲基-4-(環氧乙烷基甲氧基)苯基]-N-(環氧乙烷基甲基)環氧乙烷甲烷胺);DIC公司製之「EXA-7311-G4」(亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂)等。此等可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。Specific examples of the component (D-1) include "HP4032", "HP4032D", and "HP4032SS" (naphthalene-type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "ELM-434L" (glycidol) manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Corporation. amine type epoxy resin); "630" (glycidyl amine type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "ZX1658GS" (liquid 1,4-glycidyl cyclohexyl) manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Corporation Alkyl epoxy resin); "EP-3980S" (2-functional glycidyl amine epoxy resin) manufactured by ADEKA; "EP-3950L" (3-functional glycidyl amine epoxy resin) from ADEKA; "TEPIC-VL" (isocyanuric cyclic epoxy resin) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation; "ELM-100H" manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Corporation (N-[2-methyl-4-(ethylene oxide) Methoxy)phenyl]-N-(oxiranylmethyl)oxiranemethaneamine); "EXA-7311-G4" (naphthylene ether type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

(D-1)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw)由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以100以上為佳,較佳為200以上,更佳為250以上,以5000以下為佳,較佳為3000以下,更佳為1500以下。 樹脂之重量平均分子量其可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法作為聚苯乙烯換算之值而測定。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (D-1) is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more, and preferably 5,000 or less, from the viewpoint that the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. , preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. The weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured as a value in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

(D-1)成分之含有量,由不僅可得到顯影性亦可得到介電率及介電損耗正切優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將(D)成分全體作為100質量%時,以90質量%以下為佳,較佳為80質量%以下,更佳為70質量%以下、60質量%以下、50質量%以下或40質量%以下,以10質量%以上為佳,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上。The content of the component (D-1) is 90% when the whole component (D) is taken as 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining not only developability but also a cured product excellent in dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent. It is preferably not more than 80% by mass, more preferably not more than 70% by mass, not more than 60% by mass, not more than 50% by mass, or not more than 40% by mass, preferably not less than 10% by mass, preferably not more than 20% by mass % or more, more preferably 30 mass % or more.

(D-1)成分之含有量由不僅可得到顯影性亦可得到介電率及介電損耗正切優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,以10質量%以下為佳,較佳為8質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下。The content of the component (D-1) From the viewpoint of obtaining not only developability but also a cured product excellent in dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100% by mass At this time, it is preferably 1 mass % or more, preferably 1.5 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, preferably 10 mass % or less, preferably 8 mass % or less, more preferably 5 mass % or less.

(D-2)成分之軟化點由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,其為30℃以上,以35℃以上為佳,較佳為40℃以上。上限由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,其為未達59℃,以55℃以下為佳,較佳為50℃以下。軟化點可與(D-1)成分之同樣方法進行測定。The softening point of the component (D-2) is 30°C or higher, preferably 35°C or higher, more preferably 40°C or higher, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. The upper limit is less than 59°C, preferably 55°C or lower, more preferably 50°C or lower, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. The softening point can be measured by the same method as the component (D-1).

作為(D-2)成分,由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,以於1分子中具有1個以上環氧基者為佳,以於1分子中具有2個以上環氧基者為較佳,以於1分子中具有3個以上環氧基者為更佳。由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,對於(D-2)成分之不揮發成分100質量%而言,於1分子中具有2個以上環氧基的環氧樹脂之比例,以50質量%以上為佳,較佳為60質量%以上,特佳為70質量%以上。As the component (D-2), from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained, those having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred, and those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. More preferably, it is more preferable to have 3 or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule. From the viewpoint that the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained, the ratio of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule with respect to 100% by mass of the nonvolatile content of the component (D-2) is as follows: 50 mass % or more is preferable, 60 mass % or more is preferable, and 70 mass % or more is especially preferable.

(D-2)成分係以在溫度20℃為固體狀者為佳。The component (D-2) is preferably in a solid state at a temperature of 20°C.

作為(D-2)成分,可使用軟化點為30℃以上且未達59℃的環氧樹脂。作為如此環氧樹脂,由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,以具有環狀結構者為佳。作為環狀結構,可舉出芳香環結構、脂環式結構等。作為芳香環結構,可舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環、聯苯基等。作為脂環式結構,可舉出環己烷環、環戊烷環、環庚烷環、環辛烷環等。其中作為環狀結構亦以芳香環結構為佳,以苯環、聯苯基環為較佳,以聯苯基環為更佳。As (D-2) component, the epoxy resin whose softening point is 30 degreeC or more and less than 59 degreeC can be used. As such an epoxy resin, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained, those having a cyclic structure are preferred. As a cyclic structure, an aromatic ring structure, an alicyclic structure, etc. are mentioned. As an aromatic ring structure, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a biphenyl group, etc. are mentioned. As an alicyclic structure, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, etc. are mentioned. Among them, the cyclic structure is also preferably an aromatic ring structure, preferably a benzene ring and a biphenyl ring, and more preferably a biphenyl ring.

又,作為(D-2)成分,例如可舉出聯苯基型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂等,以聯苯基型環氧樹脂為較佳。Moreover, as (D-2) component, biphenyl type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin etc. are mentioned, for example, biphenyl type epoxy resin is better.

作為(D-2)成分之具體例子,可舉出日本化藥公司製之「NC3000L」(聯苯基型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「HP-7200L」(二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂)、「HP-6000L」(亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「NC3000」(聯苯基型環氧樹脂)等。此等可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。Specific examples of the component (D-2) include "NC3000L" (biphenyl-type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; "HP-7200L" (dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation Oxygen resin), "HP-6000L" (naphthylene ether type epoxy resin); "NC3000" (biphenyl type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

(D-2)成分之環氧當量,以50g/eq.~5000g/eq.為佳,較佳為50g/eq.~3000g/eq.,更佳為80g/eq.~2000g/eq.,更較佳為110g/eq.~1000g/eq.。若在該範圍時,可使感光性樹脂組成物層的硬化物之交聯密度變得充分,且可得到表面粗度較小的絕緣層。The epoxy equivalent of the component (D-2) is preferably 50g/eq.~5000g/eq., preferably 50g/eq.~3000g/eq., more preferably 80g/eq.~2000g/eq., More preferably, it is 110 g/eq. to 1000 g/eq. When it is this range, the crosslinking density of the hardened|cured material of the photosensitive resin composition layer can become sufficient, and an insulating layer with a small surface roughness can be obtained.

(D-2)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw),由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以100以上為佳,較佳為200以上,更佳為250以上,以5000以下為佳,較佳為3000以下,更佳為1500以下。The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (D-2) is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more, and 5000 or less, from the viewpoint that the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. Preferably, it is 3000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less.

(D-2)成分的含有量由欲得到優異顯影性且優異介電率及介電損耗正切的硬化物之觀點來看,將(D)成分全體作為100質量%時,以10質量%以上為佳,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上、40質量%以上、50質量%以上、60質量%以上,以90質量%以下為佳,較佳為80質量%以下,更佳為70質量%以下。The content of the component (D-2) From the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with excellent developability and excellent dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, the content of the component (D) is 10% by mass or more when the whole of the component (D) is taken as 100% by mass. Preferably, it is preferably 20 mass% or more, more preferably 30 mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, 60 mass% or more, preferably 90 mass% or less, preferably 80 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 70 mass % or less.

(D-2)成分之含有量由欲得到優異顯影性且優異介電率及介電損耗正切的硬化物之觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,以15質量%以下為佳,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下。The content of the component (D-2) From the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with excellent developability and excellent dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, when the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100% by mass, 1 mass % or more is preferable, 1.5 mass % or more is preferable, 2 mass % or more is more preferable, 15 mass % or less is preferable, 10 mass % or less is preferable, and 8 mass % or less is more preferable.

將(D-1)成分在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的含有量作為D1,將(D-2)成分在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的含有量作為D2時,D2/D1以0.5以上為佳,較佳為1以上,更佳為1.5以上,以2.5以下為佳,較佳為2.3以下,更佳為2.2以下。藉由將(D-1)成分與(D-2)成分之量比設定在該範圍時,可顯著地得到本發明之所望效果。The content of the component (D-1) when the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100% by mass is taken as D1, and the nonvolatile content of the component (D-2) in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as D2/D1 is preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 2.5 or less, preferably 2.3 or less, more preferably 2.2 or less, when the content at 100 mass % is D2. By setting the quantitative ratio of the (D-1) component to the (D-2) component within this range, the desired effect of the present invention can be obtained remarkably.

感光性樹脂組成物可含有(D-3)(D-1)成分及(D-2)成分以外之環氧樹脂。作為(D-3)成分,例如可舉出 (1)軟化點為59℃以上之環氧樹脂,及 (2)軟化點為未達30℃,環氧當量超過150g/eq.之環氧樹脂。 (D-3)成分之軟化點的測定方法係與(D-1)成分相同。 The photosensitive resin composition may contain epoxy resins other than (D-3) (D-1) component and (D-2) component. As (D-3) component, for example, (1) Epoxy resins with a softening point of 59°C or higher, and (2) An epoxy resin whose softening point is less than 30°C and whose epoxy equivalent exceeds 150 g/eq. The method for measuring the softening point of the component (D-3) is the same as that of the component (D-1).

作為(D-3)成分,例如可舉出雙二甲酚型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、參酚型環氧樹脂、萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、tert-丁基-鄰苯二酚型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、萘酚型環氧樹脂、蒽型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基酯型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、聯苯基型環氧樹脂、線狀脂肪族環氧樹脂、具有丁二烯結構的環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂、雜環式環氧樹脂、含有螺環的環氧樹脂、環己烷型環氧樹脂、環己烷二甲醇型環氧樹脂、亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂、三羥甲基型環氧樹脂、四苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂等。(D-3)環氧樹脂可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。As (D-3) component, bis-xylenol type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, for example, are mentioned Oxygen resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, ginseng type epoxy resin, naphthol novolak type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, tert-butyl-catechol type epoxy resin , naphthalene epoxy resin, naphthol epoxy resin, anthracene epoxy resin, glycidyl amine epoxy resin, glycidyl ester epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, linear aliphatic epoxy resin, epoxy resin with butadiene structure, alicyclic epoxy resin, heterocyclic epoxy resin, epoxy resin containing spiro ring, cyclohexane type ring Oxygen resin, cyclohexanedimethanol type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, trimethylol type epoxy resin, tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin, etc. (D-3) An epoxy resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

感光性樹脂組成物以含有作為(D-3)成分之於1分子中具有2個以上環氧基的環氧樹脂者為佳。由可顯著地得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,相對於(D-3)成分之不揮發成分100質量%而言,於1分子中具有2個以上環氧基的環氧樹脂之比例以50質量%以上為佳,較佳為60質量%以上,特佳為70質量%以上。It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains the epoxy resin which has two or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule as a (D-3) component. The ratio of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule with respect to 100 mass % of the nonvolatile content of the component (D-3) from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention 50 mass % or more is preferable, 60 mass % or more is preferable, and 70 mass % or more is especially preferable.

(D-3)成分中含有在溫度20℃為液狀的環氧樹脂(以下有時稱為「液狀環氧樹脂」),與在溫度20℃為固體狀的環氧樹脂(以下有時稱為「固體狀環氧樹脂」)。作為(D-3)成分,可僅含有液狀環氧樹脂,亦可僅含有固體狀環氧樹脂,或亦可含有液狀環氧樹脂與固體狀環氧樹脂之組合,但由欲顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以僅含有固體狀環氧樹脂者為佳。The component (D-3) contains an epoxy resin that is liquid at a temperature of 20°C (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "liquid epoxy resin"), and an epoxy resin that is a solid at a temperature of 20°C (hereinafter may be referred to as a "liquid epoxy resin"). called "solid epoxy resin"). As the component (D-3), only a liquid epoxy resin may be contained, only a solid epoxy resin may be contained, or a combination of a liquid epoxy resin and a solid epoxy resin may be contained. From the viewpoint of the desired effect of the present invention, it is preferable that only the solid epoxy resin is contained.

作為固體狀環氧樹脂,以於1分子中具有3個以上環氧基的固體狀環氧樹脂為佳,以於1分子中具有3個以上環氧基的芳香族系固體狀環氧樹脂為較佳。As the solid epoxy resin, a solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable, and an aromatic solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable. better.

作為固體狀環氧樹脂,以雙二甲酚型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、萘型4官能環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、參酚型環氧樹脂、萘酚型環氧樹脂、聯苯基型環氧樹脂、亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂、蒽型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、四苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂為佳,以萘型環氧樹脂為較佳。As the solid epoxy resin, bisxylenol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, Phenol type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type ring Oxygen resin and tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin are preferred, and naphthalene type epoxy resin is preferred.

作為固體狀環氧樹脂之具體例子,可舉出DIC公司製之「HP4032H」(萘型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「HP-4700」、「HP-4710」(萘型4官能環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「N-690」(甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「N-695」(甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「HP-7200」、「HP-7200HH」、「HP-7200H」(二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「EXA-7311」、「HP6000」(亞萘基醚型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「EPPN-502H」(參酚型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「NC7000L」(萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「NC3000H」、「NC3100」(聯苯基型環氧樹脂);新日鐵住金化學公司製之「ESN475V」(萘酚型環氧樹脂);新日鐵住金化學公司製之「ESN485」(萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YX4000H」、「YX4000」、「YL6121」(聯苯基型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YX4000HK」(雙二甲酚型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YX8800」(蒽型環氧樹脂);大阪氣體化學公司製之「PG-100」、「CG-500」;三菱化學公司製之「YL7760」(雙酚AF型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YL7800」(芴型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER1010」(固體狀雙酚A型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER1031S」(肆羥基苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂)等。此等可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。Specific examples of solid epoxy resins include "HP4032H" (naphthalene type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "HP-4700" and "HP-4710" (naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin manufactured by DIC Corporation) resin); "N-690" (cresol novolak type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "N-695" (cresol novolak type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "HP- 7200", "HP-7200HH", "HP-7200H" (dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin); "EXA-7311", "HP6000" (naphthylene ether epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "EPPN-502H" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (Shenol type epoxy resin); "NC7000L" (naphthol novolac type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; "NC3000H" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., "NC3100" (biphenyl type epoxy resin); "ESN475V" (naphthol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.; "ESN485" (naphthol novolak type) manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumigin epoxy resin); "YX4000H", "YX4000", "YL6121" (biphenyl type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "YX4000HK" (bisxylenol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "YX8800" (anthracene type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "PG-100", "CG-500" manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Corporation; "YL7760" (bisphenol AF type epoxy resin manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) ); "YL7800" (fluorene type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "jER1010" (solid bisphenol A epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "jER1031S" (four hydroxybenzene) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Ethane type epoxy resin) etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為液狀環氧樹脂,以於1分子中具有2個以上環氧基的液狀環氧樹脂為佳。As a liquid epoxy resin, the liquid epoxy resin which has two or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule is preferable.

作為液狀環氧樹脂,以雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基酯型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂、酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、具有酯骨架的脂環式環氧樹脂、環己烷型環氧樹脂、環己烷二甲醇型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂,及具有丁二烯結構之環氧樹脂為佳,以雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂為較佳。As the liquid epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, glycidyl Amine type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin with ester skeleton, cyclohexane type epoxy resin, cyclohexane dimethanol type epoxy resin, glycidyl amine type epoxy resin Resins and epoxy resins with a butadiene structure are preferred, and bisphenol A type epoxy resins and bisphenol F type epoxy resins are preferred.

作為液狀環氧樹脂之具體例子,可舉出三菱化學公司製之「828US」、「jER828EL」、「825」、「EPICOAT828EL」(雙酚A型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER807」、「1750」(雙酚F型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER152」(酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「630LSD」(縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂);新日鐵住金化學公司製之「ZX1059」(雙酚A型環氧樹脂與雙酚F型環氧樹脂之混合品);NagaseChemtex公司製之「EX-721」(縮水甘油基酯型環氧樹脂);Daice lChemical Industries, Ltd.製之「CELLOXIDE2021P」(具有酯骨架的脂環式環氧樹脂);Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.製之「PB-3600」(具有丁二烯結構之環氧樹脂);新日鐵住金化學公司製之「ZX1658」(液狀1,4-縮水甘油基環己烷型環氧樹脂)等。此等可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。Specific examples of liquid epoxy resins include "828US", "jER828EL", "825", and "EPICOAT828EL" (bisphenol A epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "jER807" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation ", "1750" (bisphenol F type epoxy resin); "jER152" (phenol novolak type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "630LSD" (glycidyl amine type epoxy resin manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) ); "ZX1059" (mixture of bisphenol A epoxy resin and bisphenol F epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd.; "EX-721" manufactured by NagaseChemtex (glycidyl ester ring Oxygen resin); "CELLOXIDE2021P" (alicyclic epoxy resin with ester skeleton) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.; "PB-3600" (epoxy resin with butadiene structure) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. Resin); "ZX1658" (liquid 1,4-glycidyl cyclohexane type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(D-3)成分,使用液狀環氧樹脂與固體狀環氧樹脂之組合時,此等量比(液狀環氧樹脂:固體狀環氧樹脂)以質量比表示時,以1:1~1:20為佳,較佳為1:1.5~1:15,特佳為1:2~1:10。藉由將液狀環氧樹脂與固體狀環氧樹脂之量比設定在此等範圍時,可顯著地得到本發明之所望效果。As the component (D-3), when a combination of a liquid epoxy resin and a solid epoxy resin is used, the equivalent ratio (liquid epoxy resin: solid epoxy resin) is expressed as a mass ratio as 1: 1-1:20 is preferable, 1:1.5-1:15 is more preferable, and 1:2-1:10 is especially preferable. By setting the quantitative ratio of the liquid epoxy resin to the solid epoxy resin within these ranges, the desired effect of the present invention can be obtained remarkably.

(D-3)成分之環氧當量,以50g/eq.~5000g/eq.為佳,較佳為50g/eq.~3000g/eq.,更佳為80g/eq.~2000g/eq.,更較佳為110g/eq.~1000g/eq.。藉由設定在該範圍時,感光性樹脂組成物層之硬化物的交聯密度變得充分,且可得到表面粗度小的絕緣層。The epoxy equivalent of the component (D-3) is preferably 50g/eq.~5000g/eq., preferably 50g/eq.~3000g/eq., more preferably 80g/eq.~2000g/eq., More preferably, it is 110 g/eq. to 1000 g/eq. By setting it in this range, the crosslinking density of the hardened|cured material of the photosensitive resin composition layer becomes sufficient, and an insulating layer with a small surface roughness can be obtained.

(D-3)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw),由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以100~5000為佳,較佳為250~3000,更佳為400~1500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (D-3) is preferably 100 to 5000, more preferably 250 to 3000, and more preferably 400 to 1500, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.

(D-3)成分之含有量,由提高感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物的機械強度及耐溶解性的觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上。(D-3)成分之含有量的上限,由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以10質量%以下為佳,較佳為5質量%以下,特佳為3質量%以下。The content of the component (D-3) is, from the viewpoint of improving the mechanical strength and solubility resistance of the cured product of the photosensitive resin composition, when the nonvolatile components in the photosensitive resin composition are taken as 100% by mass, 1 mass % or more is preferable, 1.5 mass % or more is preferable, and 2 mass % or more is more preferable. The upper limit of the content of the component (D-3) is preferably 10 mass % or less, preferably 5 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 3 mass % or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.

(D-3)成分之含有量由可顯著得到本發明之效果的觀點來看,將(D)成分全體作為100質量%時,以0質量%以上為佳,較佳為0.01質量%以上,更佳為0.1質量%以上,以1質量%以下為佳,較佳為0.5質量%以下,更佳為0.3質量%以下。The content of the component (D-3) is preferably 0% by mass or more, preferably 0.01% by mass or more, when the entire component (D) is taken as 100% by mass, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained, 0.1 mass % or more is more preferable, 1 mass % or less is preferable, 0.5 mass % or less is preferable, and 0.3 mass % or less is more preferable.

<(E)選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂> 感光性樹脂組成物中含有作為(E)成分之選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂。若使(E)成分含於感光性樹脂組成物時,可提高介電率、介電損耗正切及玻璃轉移溫度。 <(E) One or more resins selected from active ester resins, maleimide resins and vinyl resins> The photosensitive resin composition contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of an active ester resin, a maleimide resin, and a vinyl resin as the component (E). When the (E) component is contained in the photosensitive resin composition, the dielectric constant, the dielectric loss tangent, and the glass transition temperature can be increased.

以下對於(E)成分之活性酯樹脂(以下有時稱為「(E1)成分」)、馬來醯亞胺樹脂(以下有時稱為「(E2)成分」)及乙烯基樹脂(以下有時稱為「(E3)成分」)做說明。Hereinafter, the active ester resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(E1) component"), maleimide resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(E2) component") and vinyl resin (hereinafter referred to as "(E2) component") of (E) component It is referred to as "(E3) ingredient") for explanation.

((E1)活性酯樹脂) 作為(E)成分之(E1)活性酯樹脂與(D)成分之環氧基進行反應,可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低之硬化物。活性酯樹脂可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。 ((E1) Active Ester Resin) The (E1) active ester resin which is the (E) component reacts with the epoxy group of the (D) component to obtain a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent. One type of active ester resin may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

作為(E1)活性酯樹脂,一般可使用酚酯類、硫代酚酯類、N-羥基胺酯類、雜環羥基化合物之酯類等反應活性高的於1分子中具有2個以上酯基的化合物為佳。該活性酯樹脂係以藉由羧酸化合物及/或硫代羧酸化合物與羥基化合物及/或硫醇化合物的縮合反應所得者為佳。特別由提高耐熱性之觀點來看,以由羧酸化合物與羥基化合物所得之活性酯樹脂為佳,以由羧酸化合物與酚化合物及/或萘酚化合物所得之活性酯樹脂為較佳。作為羧酸化合物,例如可舉出安息香酸、乙酸、琥珀酸、馬來酸、衣康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、苯四酸等。作為酚化合物或萘酚化合物,例如可舉出氫醌、間苯二酚、雙酚A、雙酚F、雙酚S、酚酞嗪、甲基化雙酚A、甲基化雙酚F、甲基化雙酚S、酚、o-甲酚、m-甲酚、p-甲酚、鄰苯二酚、α-萘酚、β-萘酚、1,5-二羥基萘、1,6-二羥基萘、2,6-二羥基萘、二羥基二苯甲酮、三羥基二苯甲酮、四羥基二苯甲酮、間苯三酚、苯三醇、二環戊二烯型二酚化合物、酚酚醛清漆等。其中,所謂「二環戊二烯型二酚化合物」表示於二環戊二烯1分子中縮合2分子的酚而得之二酚化合物。As the active ester resin (E1), generally, phenolic esters, thiophenolic esters, N-hydroxyamine esters, esters of heterocyclic hydroxy compounds, etc. having high reactivity and having two or more ester groups in one molecule can be used compound is preferred. The active ester resin is preferably obtained by a condensation reaction of a carboxylic acid compound and/or a thiocarboxylic acid compound with a hydroxyl compound and/or a thiol compound. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, an active ester resin obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound is preferred, and an active ester resin obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a phenol compound and/or a naphthol compound is preferred. Examples of the carboxylic acid compound include benzoic acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and pyromellitic acid. Examples of the phenol compound or naphthol compound include hydroquinone, resorcinol, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, phenolphthalazine, methylated bisphenol A, methylated bisphenol F, methylated Alkylated bisphenol S, phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, catechol, α-naphthol, β-naphthol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6- Dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, dihydroxybenzophenone, trihydroxybenzophenone, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, phloroglucinol, benzenetriol, dicyclopentadiene diphenol Compounds, phenolic novolacs, etc. Here, the "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol compound" refers to a diphenol compound obtained by condensing two molecules of phenol in one molecule of dicyclopentadiene.

作為(E1)活性酯樹脂,具體以二環戊二烯型活性酯樹脂、含有萘結構的萘型活性酯樹脂、含有酚酚醛清漆之乙醯化物的活性酯樹脂、含有酚酚醛清漆之苯甲醯基化物的活性酯樹脂為佳,其中亦以選自二環戊二烯型活性酯樹脂,及萘型活性酯樹脂的至少1種者為較佳,以二環戊二烯型活性酯樹脂為更佳。作為二環戊二烯型活性酯樹脂,以含有二環戊二烯型二酚結構之活性酯樹脂為佳。所謂「二環戊二烯型二酚結構」表示由伸苯基-二環伸戊基-伸苯基所成的2價結構單位。(E1) Active ester resins include dicyclopentadiene-type active ester resins, naphthalene-type active ester resins containing a naphthalene structure, active ester resins containing acetylated phenol novolak, and phenol novolak-containing benzoyl The active ester resin of acylated compound is preferred, and at least one selected from the group consisting of dicyclopentadiene-type active ester resin and naphthalene-type active ester resin is preferred, and dicyclopentadiene-type active ester resin is preferred. for better. As the dicyclopentadiene-type active ester resin, an active ester resin containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure is preferable. The "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure" means a bivalent structural unit composed of phenylene-dicyclopentylene-phenylene.

作為(E1)活性酯樹脂之販售品,其中作為含有二環戊二烯型二酚結構的活性酯樹脂,可舉出「EXB9451」、「EXB9460」、「EXB9460S」、「HPC-8000」、「HPC-8000H」、「HPC-8000-65T」、「HPC-8000H-65TM」、「EXB-8000L」、「EXB-8000L-65TM」(DIC公司製);作為含有萘結構之活性酯樹脂,可舉出「EXB-8151-62T」、「HPC-8150-60T」、「HPC-8150-62T」、「EXB-8150-65T」、「EXB-8100L-65T」、「EXB-8150L-65T」、「EXB9416-70BK」(DIC公司製)、「PC1300-02-65MA」(Airwater公司製);作為含有酚酚醛清漆之乙醯化物的活性酯樹脂,可舉出「DC808」(三菱化學公司製);作為含有酚酚醛清漆之苯甲醯基化物的活性酯樹脂,可舉出「YLH1026」(三菱化學公司製);作為酚酚醛清漆之乙醯化物的活性酯樹脂,可舉出「DC808」(三菱化學公司製);作為酚酚醛清漆之苯甲醯基化物的活性酯樹脂,可舉出「YLH1026」(三菱化學公司製)、「YLH1030」(三菱化學公司製)、「YLH1048」(三菱化學公司製)等。(E1) Sales of active ester resins include "EXB9451", "EXB9460", "EXB9460S", "HPC-8000", "EXB9451", "EXB9460", "EXB9460S", "HPC-8000H", "HPC-8000-65T", "HPC-8000H-65TM", "EXB-8000L", "EXB-8000L-65TM" (manufactured by DIC Corporation); as an active ester resin containing a naphthalene structure, "EXB-8151-62T", "HPC-8150-60T", "HPC-8150-62T", "EXB-8150-65T", "EXB-8100L-65T", "EXB-8150L-65T" , "EXB9416-70BK" (manufactured by DIC Corporation), "PC1300-02-65MA" (manufactured by Airwater Corporation); "DC808" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) as an active ester resin containing novolac acetyl compound ); as the active ester resin containing the benzyl compound of novolak, "YLH1026" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation); as the active ester resin of the acetyl compound of the novolac, "DC808" can be cited (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation); Examples of active ester resins of benzyl-based compounds of novolak include "YLH1026" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), "YLH1030" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), "YLH1048" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) chemical company) etc.

(E1)活性酯樹脂之活性酯基當量,由欲得到介電率及介電損耗正切低之硬化物的觀點來看,以50g/eq.~500g/eq.為佳,較佳為50g/eq.~400g/eq.,更佳為100g/eq.~300g/eq.。活性酯基當量係含有1當量活性酯基之活性酯樹脂的質量。(E1) The active ester group equivalent of the active ester resin is preferably 50 g/eq. to 500 g/eq., more preferably 50 g/eq. from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent. eq.~400g/eq., more preferably 100g/eq.~300g/eq.. The active ester group equivalent is the mass of the active ester resin containing 1 equivalent of active ester group.

(D)環氧樹脂與(E1)活性酯樹脂之量比為[環氧樹脂之環氧基的合計數]:[活性酯樹脂之活性基的合計數]之比率,以1:0.01~1:5的範圍為佳,以1:0.3~1:3為較佳,以1:0.5~1:2為更佳。其中,所謂「環氧樹脂之環氧基數」表示所有將存在於感光性樹脂組成物中之環氧樹脂的不揮發成分之質量除以環氧當量之值的合計值。又,所謂「活性酯樹脂之活性基數」表示所有將存在於感光性樹脂組成物中之活性酯樹脂的不揮發成分之質量除以活性酯基當量之值的合計值。藉由將在(D)環氧樹脂與(E1)活性酯樹脂之量比設定在該範圍內時,可明顯地得到本發明之效果」。The amount ratio of (D) epoxy resin to (E1) active ester resin is the ratio of [total number of epoxy groups of epoxy resin]:[total number of active groups of active ester resin], and is 1:0.01-1 The range of : 5 is preferable, 1:0.3-1:3 is more preferable, and 1:0.5-1:2 is more preferable. Here, "the epoxy group number of an epoxy resin" shows the total value of the value which divided all the mass of the nonvolatile matter of the epoxy resin which exists in the photosensitive resin composition by the epoxy equivalent. In addition, "the number of active groups of active ester resin" means the total value of all the values obtained by dividing the mass of the nonvolatile content of the active ester resin in the photosensitive resin composition by the equivalent of the active ester group. By setting the amount ratio of the (D) epoxy resin to the (E1) active ester resin within this range, the effects of the present invention can be clearly obtained."

作為(E1)成分之含有量,由欲得到優異介電率及介電特性之硬化物的觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,以15質量%以下為佳,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下。As the content of the component (E1), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with excellent dielectric constant and dielectric properties, the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is 100 mass %, and the content is 1 mass % or more. More preferably, it is 1.5 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, more preferably 15 mass % or less, preferably 10 mass % or less, and more preferably 8 mass % or less.

((E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂) 作為(E)成分之(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂與(A)成分之乙烯性不飽和基進行反應後,可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低之硬化物。但,於(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂中未含有相當於上述(A)成分~(D)成分及(E1)成分者。(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。 ((E2) Maleimide resin) After the (E2) maleimide resin as the (E) component reacts with the ethylenically unsaturated group of the (A) component, a cured product with low dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent can be obtained. However, (E2) maleimide resin does not contain those corresponding to the above-mentioned (A) components to (D) components and (E1) components. (E2) The maleimide resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂,可使用含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂。(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂的每1分子中之馬來醯亞胺基的數目可為1個,亦可為2個以上,以2個為佳。所謂馬來醯亞胺基表示下述式(E)所示。

Figure 02_image013
As the (E2) maleimide resin, a maleimide group-containing resin can be used. (E2) The number of maleimide groups per molecule of the maleimide resin may be one, or two or more, preferably two. The maleimide group is represented by the following formula (E).
Figure 02_image013

(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂若為含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂即可。作為(E2)馬來醯亞胺樹脂,以選自以下的一種以上者為佳。 (E2-1)含有與馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子直接鍵結的碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基的馬來醯亞胺化合物、 (E2-2)具有與馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子直接鍵結的芳香族環之馬來醯亞胺化合物,及 (E2-3)含有三甲基茚滿骨架之馬來醯亞胺化合物。 (E2) The maleimide resin may be a resin containing a maleimide group. As (E2) maleimide resin, at least one selected from the following is preferable. (E2-1) a maleimide compound containing an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group, (E2-2) a maleimide compound having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a nitrogen atom of a maleimide group, and (E2-3) A maleimide compound containing a trimethylindan skeleton.

其中,所謂用語之「直接」,對於(E2-1)成分,表示在馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子與碳原子數5以上的脂肪族基之間未存在其他基的意思,對於(E2-2)成分,表示於馬來醯亞胺之氮原子與芳香族環之間未存在其他基的意思。Here, the term "direct" means that no other group exists between the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group and the aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms for the component (E2-1). -2) Component means that no other group exists between the nitrogen atom of maleimide and the aromatic ring.

-(E2-1)成分- (E2-1)成分為含有與馬來醯亞胺之氮原子直接鍵結的碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基的馬來醯亞胺化合物。(E2-1)成分,例如可藉由將含有脂肪族胺化合物(具有二聚物酸骨架之二胺化合物等)、馬來酸酐與視必要的四羧酸二酐之成分進行醯亞胺化反應而得。 -(E2-1) Ingredient- The component (E2-1) is a maleimide compound containing an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of maleimide. The component (E2-1) can be imidized by, for example, a component containing an aliphatic amine compound (diamine compound having a dimer acid skeleton, etc.), maleic anhydride, and optionally tetracarboxylic dianhydride response.

作為碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基,例如可舉出烷基、伸烷基、伸烯基等。As a C5 or more aliphatic group, an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

碳原子數為5以上之烷基的碳原子數,以6以上為佳,較佳為8以上,以50以下為佳,較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下。該烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一者,其中以直鏈狀者為佳。作為如此烷基,例如可舉出戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等。碳原子數5以上的烷基可作為碳原子數5以上的伸烷基之取代基而具有。碳原子數5以上的烷基可為烯基的一部分或烷多烯基(雙鍵的數目較佳為2)的一部分。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 50 or less, preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among them, linear is preferred. As such an alkyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms may have as a substituent of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms. The alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms may be a part of an alkenyl group or a part of an alkpolyalkenyl group (the number of double bonds is preferably 2).

碳原子數5以上的伸烷基之碳原子數以6以上為佳,較佳為8以上,以50以下為佳,較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下。該伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一者,其中亦以直鏈狀為佳。其中所謂環狀伸烷基表示亦含有以下情況之概念,該情況為,僅由環狀之伸烷基所呈情況,與含有直鏈狀之伸烷基與環狀之伸烷基的雙方之情況。作為如此伸烷基,例如可舉出伸戊基、伸己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基、伸十一烷基、伸十二烷基、伸十三烷基、伸十五烷基、伸三十六烷基、具有伸辛基-環伸己結構的基、具有伸辛基-環伸己-伸辛基結構的基、具有伸丙基-環伸己-伸辛基結構的基等。碳原子數5以上的伸烷基可為伸烯基之一部分或伸烷多烯基(雙鍵的數目較佳為2)之一部分。The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 50 or less, preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and among them, linear is also preferred. Here, the term cyclic alkylene refers to a concept that also includes a case where only a cyclic alkylene is present, and both a linear alkylene and a cyclic alkylene are included. Condition. Examples of such alkylene groups include pentylene, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nononyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, and tridecyl. , Pentadecyl, trihexadecyl, bases with octyl-cyclohexyl structure, bases with octyl-cyclohexyl-octyl structures, propylidene-cyclohexyl groups -The base of the octyl structure, etc. The alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms may be a part of an alkenylene group or a part of an alkylene polyalkenyl group (the number of double bonds is preferably 2).

碳原子數5以上的伸烯基之碳原子數以6以上為佳,較佳為8以上,以50以下為佳,較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下。該伸烯基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一種,其中以直鏈狀為佳。其中,所謂環狀之伸烯基亦含有以下情況之概念,該情況為僅由環狀之伸烯基所成情況,與含有直鏈狀之伸烯基與環狀之伸烯基的雙方之情況。作為如此伸烯基,例如可舉出伸戊炔基、伸己炔基、伸庚炔基、伸辛炔基、伸壬炔基、伸癸炔基、伸十一炔基、伸十二炔基、伸十三炔基、伸十五炔基、伸三十六炔基、具有伸辛炔基-環伸己炔結構之基、具有伸辛炔基-環伸己炔-伸辛炔基結構之基、具有伸丙炔-環伸己炔-伸辛炔基結構之基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkenylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 50 or less, preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less. The alkenylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and among them, linear is preferred. Among them, the term "cyclic alkenylene group" also includes the concept of a case where the case is composed of only a cyclic alkenylene group and a case where both a linear alkenylene group and a cyclic alkenylene group are included. Condition. Examples of such alkenylene groups include pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, undecynyl, and dodecynyl groups. base, tridecynyl, pentadecynyl, trihexadecynyl, groups with octynyl-cyclohexylene structure, octynyl-cyclohexynyl-octynyl The base of the structure, the base with the structure of propyne-cyclohexyne-octynyl, etc.

作為(E2-1)成分,以下述式(E2-1-1)所示化合物為佳。

Figure 02_image015
一般式(E2-1-1)中,M表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基,L表示單鍵或2價連結基。 As the component (E2-1), a compound represented by the following formula (E2-1-1) is preferable.
Figure 02_image015
In general formula (E2-1-1), M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

M表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基。碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基之碳原子數,以6以上為佳,較佳為8以上,以50以下為佳,較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下。該脂肪族基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一種,其中亦以直鏈狀為佳。其中所謂環狀之脂肪族基表示亦含有以下情況之概念,該情況為僅由環狀之脂肪族基所成的情況,與含有直鏈狀之脂肪族基與環狀之脂肪族基的雙方之情況。作為2價脂肪族基,可舉出伸烷基、伸烯基、伸烷多烯基(較佳雙鍵的數目為2)等。對於伸烷基及伸烯基如上述所示。M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 50 or less, preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less. The aliphatic group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and among them, linear is preferable. Among them, the term "cyclic aliphatic group" refers to a concept including the case where it is composed of only a cyclic aliphatic group, and a case where both a linear aliphatic group and a cyclic aliphatic group are included. situation. As a divalent aliphatic group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkylene polyalkenyl group (preferably the number of double bonds is 2), etc. are mentioned. The alkylene group and the alkenylene group are as described above.

作為M之取代基,例如可舉出鹵素原子、 -OH、-O-C 1-10烷基、-N(C 1-10烷基) 2、C 1-10烷基、C 2-30烯基、C 2-30炔基、C 6-10芳基、-NH 2、-CN、-C(O)O-C 1-10烷基、-COOH、-C(O)H、-NO 2等。其中所謂「C x-y」(x及y為正整數,滿足x<y)之用語表示,該用語後所記載的有機基之碳原子數為x~y的意思。例如所謂「C 1-10烷基」之表現為表示碳原子數1~10的烷基。此等取代基可互相鍵結而形成環,環結構亦含有螺環或縮合環。取代基以碳原子數5以上的烷基為佳。 Examples of the substituent of M include halogen atoms, -OH, -OC 1-10 alkyl, -N(C 1-10 alkyl) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-30 alkenyl, C 2-30 alkynyl, C 6-10 aryl, -NH 2 , -CN, -C(O)OC 1-10 alkyl, -COOH, -C(O)H, -NO 2 and the like. Among them, the term "C xy " (x and y are positive integers and satisfy x<y) means that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group described after the term means x to y. For example, the expression "C 1-10 alkyl group" means an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. These substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also contains a spiro ring or a condensed ring. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.

L表示單鍵或2價連結基。作為2價連結基,可舉出伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基、-C(=O)-、 -C(=O)-O-、-NR 0-(R 0為氫原子、碳原子數1~3的烷基)、氧原子、硫原子、C(=O)NR 0-、來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基、來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基,及此等2種以上之2價基的組合所成基等。伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基、來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基、來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基,及2種以上之2價基的組合所成基可具有作為取代基的碳原子數5以上的烷基。所謂來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基表示,由鄰苯二甲醯亞胺所衍生的2價基,具體為一般式(E2-1-2)所示基。所謂來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基表示,由苯四酸二醯亞胺所衍生的2價基,具體為一般式(E2-1-3)所示基。式中,「*」表示鍵結部位。

Figure 02_image017
Figure 02_image019
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylidene group, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -NR 0 -(R 0 It is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, C(=O)NR 0 -, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a diimide derived from pyromellitic acid A divalent group of an amine, a group formed by a combination of two or more of these divalent groups, and the like. Alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, arylidene group, divalent group derived from phthalimide, divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide, and two or more divalent groups The group formed by the combination may have an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms as a substituent. The divalent group derived from phthalimide refers to a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and is specifically a group represented by the general formula (E2-1-2). The divalent group derived from the pyromellitic acid diimide means a divalent group derived from the pyromellitic acid diimide, and it is specifically a group represented by the general formula (E2-1-3). In the formula, "*" represents the bonding site.
Figure 02_image017
Figure 02_image019

作為L中之2價連結基的伸烷基,以碳原子數1~50的伸烷基為佳,以碳原子數1~45的伸烷基為較佳,以碳原子數1~40的伸烷基為特佳。該伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一種。作為如此伸烷基,例如可舉出甲基伸乙基、環伸己基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基、伸十一烷基、伸十二烷基、伸十三烷基、伸十五烷基、伸十六烷基、具有伸辛基-環伸己結構之基、具有伸辛基-環伸己-伸辛基結構之基、具有伸丙基-環伸己-伸辛基結構之基等。As the alkylene group of the divalent linking group in L, an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 45 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms is preferable. Alkylene groups are particularly preferred. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples of such an alkylene group include methyl ethylidene, cyclohexylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptyl, octyl, nononyl, decyl, undecyl, and Dodecyl, tridecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, base with octyl-cyclohexyl structure, base with octyl-cyclohexyl-octyl structure , A base with a propylidene-cyclohexyl-extendoctyl structure, etc.

作為L中之2價連結基的伸烯基,以碳原子數2~50的伸烯基為佳,碳原子數2~45的伸烯基為較佳,以碳原子數2~40的伸烯基為特佳。該伸烯基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一者。作為如此伸烯基,例如可舉出甲基伸乙烯基、環伸己烯基、伸戊烯基、伸己烯基、伸庚烯基、伸辛烯基等。As the alkenylene group of the divalent linking group in L, an alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkenylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms is preferable. Alkenyl groups are particularly preferred. The alkenylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. As such an alkenylene group, a methyl vinylene group, a cyclohexenylene group, a pentenylene group, a hexenylene group, a heptenene group, an octenylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為L中之2價連結基的伸炔基,以碳原子數2~50的伸炔基為佳,以碳原子數2~45的伸炔基為較佳,以碳原子數2~40的伸炔基為特佳。該伸炔基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一者。作為如此伸炔基,例如可舉出甲基伸乙炔基、環伸己炔基、伸戊炔基、伸己炔基、伸庚炔基、伸辛炔基等。As the alkynylene group of the divalent linking group in L, an alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms is preferred, an alkynylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkynylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms is preferred. Alkynylene is particularly preferred. The alkynylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Such an alkynylene group includes, for example, a methylethynylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a pentynyl group, a hexylene group, a heptynylene group, and an octylene group.

作為L中之2價連結基的伸芳基,以碳原子數6~24的伸芳基為佳,以碳原子數6~18的伸芳基為較佳,以碳原子數6~14的伸芳基為更佳,以碳原子數6~10的伸芳基為更較佳。作為伸芳基,例如可舉出伸苯基、亞萘基、亞蒽基等。As the aryl extended group of the divalent linking group in L, an aryl extended group with 6 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl extended group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl extended group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. The aryl extended group is more preferable, and the aryl extended group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. As an arylene group, a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

L中之2價連結基的伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基及伸芳基可具有取代基。作為取代基,與一般式(E2-1-1)中之M的取代基相同,較佳為碳原子數5以上的烷基。The alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and arylidene group of the divalent linking group in L may have a substituent. The substituent is the same as that of M in the general formula (E2-1-1), and is preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.

作為L中之2種以上2價基的組合所成的基,例如可舉出伸烷基、來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基及氧原子之組合所成的2價基;來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基、氧原子、伸芳基及伸烷基之組合所成的2價基;伸烷基及來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基之組合所成的2價基等。由2種以上的2價基之組合所成的基可藉由各基之組合而形成縮合環等環。又,2種以上的2價基之組合所成的基亦可為重複單位數1~10的重複單位。As a group formed by a combination of two or more divalent groups in L, for example, a divalent group formed by a combination of an alkylene group, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and an oxygen atom; The divalent group formed by the combination of the divalent group of phthalimide, the oxygen atom, the arylidene group and the alkylene group; the combination of the alkylene group and the divalent group from pyromellitic acid diimide into the 2-valent basis and so on. A group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups can form a ring such as a condensed ring by the combination of each group. Moreover, the group which consists of a combination of 2 or more types of divalent groups may be a repeating unit whose number of repeating units is 1-10.

其中作為一般式(E2-1-1)中之L,亦以氧原子、可具有取代基的碳原子數6~24的伸芳基、可具有取代基的碳原子數1~50的伸烷基、碳原子數5以上的烷基、來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基、來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基,或2個以上此等基之組合所成的2價基者為佳。其中,作為L,亦以伸烷基;具有伸烷基-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基-氧原子-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基之結構的2價基;具有伸烷基-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基-氧原子-伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基-氧原子-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基之結構的2價基;具有伸烷基-來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基之結構的2價基;具有伸炔基-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基-氧原子-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基之結構的2價基;具有伸炔基-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基-氧原子-伸芳基-伸炔基-伸芳基-氧原子-來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基之結構的2價基;具有伸炔基-來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基之結構的2價基為佳。Wherein, as L in the general formula (E2-1-1), an oxygen atom, an aryl group with 6 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an alkylene group with 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent group, an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide, or a 2 group formed by a combination of two or more of these groups Price base is better. Among them, as L, also an alkylene group; a divalent group having a structure of alkylene group-divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-divalent group derived from phthalimide ; with an alkylene group - a divalent group from phthalimide - an oxygen atom - an arylidene group - an alkylene group - an aryl group - an oxygen atom - one of the divalent groups from phthalimide The divalent group of the structure; the divalent group of the structure having an alkylene group-derived from the divalent group of diimide of pyromellitic acid; the divalent group of the structure having an alkynylene group-derived from the divalent group of phthalimide-oxygen atom - A divalent group derived from the structure of a divalent group of phthalimide; having an alkynylene group - a divalent group derived from phthalimide - oxygen atom - arylidene - alkynylene - extension Aryl-oxygen atom-a divalent group derived from the structure of a divalent group of phthalimide; preferably a divalent group having a structure of an alkynylene group-a divalent group derived from a diimide of pyromellitic acid .

一般式(E2-1-1)所示馬來醯亞胺樹脂以一般式(E2-1-4)所示馬來醯亞胺樹脂者為佳。

Figure 02_image021
一般式(E2-1-4)中,M 1各獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基,Z各獨立表示可具有取代基的碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基,或具有可具有取代基之芳香環的2價基。t表示1~10的整數。 The maleimide resin represented by the general formula (E2-1-1) is preferably the maleimide resin represented by the general formula (E2-1-4).
Figure 02_image021
In the general formula (E2-1-4), each M 1 independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each Z independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Aliphatic group, or a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. t represents an integer of 1-10.

M 1各獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基。M 1與一般式(E2-1-1)中之M相同。 Each of M 1 independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M 1 is the same as M in the general formula (E2-1-1).

Z各獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基,或具有可具有取代基的芳香環之2價基。作為Z中之2價脂肪族基,例如可舉出伸烷基、伸烯基、伸烷多烯基(較佳雙鍵的數目為2)等。2價脂肪族基可為鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一種,其中亦以環狀,即以可具有取代基的碳原子數5以上的環狀之2價脂肪族基為佳。Each Z independently represents an optionally substituted divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms, or a divalent group having an optionally substituted aromatic ring. As a divalent aliphatic group in Z, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkylene polyalkenyl group (preferably the number of double bonds is 2), etc. are mentioned, for example. The divalent aliphatic group may be any of chain, branched, and cyclic, and among them, a cyclic, that is, a cyclic divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent is preferred.

伸烷基的碳原子數,以6以上為佳,較佳為8以上,以50以下為佳,較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下。作為如此伸烷基,例如可舉出具有伸辛基-環伸己結構之基、具有伸辛基-環伸己-伸辛基結構之基、具有伸丙基-環伸己-伸辛基結構之基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 50 or less, preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less. As such an alkylene group, for example, a group having an octene-cyclohexylene structure, a group having a octylene-cyclohexene-octylene structure, a propylidene-cyclohexene-octylene group can be mentioned. The basis of the structure, etc.

碳原子數5以上的伸烯基之碳原子數,以6以上為佳,較佳為8以上,以50以下為佳,較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下。該伸烯基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一種,其中以直鏈狀為佳。其中所謂環狀的伸烯基表示亦含有以下情況之概念,該情況為僅由環狀之伸烯基所成之情況,與含有直鏈狀之伸烯基與環狀之伸烯基的雙方之場合。作為如此伸烯基,例如可舉出伸戊炔基、伸己炔基、伸庚炔基、伸辛炔基、伸壬炔基、伸癸炔基、伸十一炔基、伸十二炔基、伸十三炔基、伸十五炔基、伸十六炔基、具有伸辛炔基-環伸己炔結構之基、具有伸辛炔基-環伸己炔-伸辛炔基結構之基、具有伸丙炔-環伸己炔-伸辛炔基結構之基等。The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 50 or less, preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less. The alkenylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and among them, linear is preferred. The term "cyclic alkenylene group" means the concept of including the case where it is composed of only a cyclic alkenylene group, and a case where both a linear alkenylene group and a cyclic alkenylene group are included. occasion. Examples of such alkenylene groups include pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, undecynyl, and dodecynyl groups. Alkyl, tridecynyl, pentadecynyl, hexadecynyl, base with octynyl-cyclohexylene structure, octynyl-cyclohexylene-cyclooctynyl structure The base, the base with the structure of propyne-cyclohexyne-octynyl, etc.

作為Z所表示的具有芳香環之2價基中之芳香環,例如可舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺環、苯四酸二醯亞胺環、芳香族雜環等,以苯環、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺環、苯四酸二醯亞胺環為佳。即作為具有芳香環之2價基,以具有可具有取代基的苯環之2價基、具有可具有取代基的鄰苯二甲醯亞胺環之2價基、具有可具有取代基的苯四酸二醯亞胺環之2價基為佳。作為具有芳香環之2價基,例如可舉出來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基及氧原子的組合所成的基;來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基、氧原子、伸芳基及伸烷基的組合所成的基;伸烷基及來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基的組合所成的基;來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基;來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基及伸烷基的組合所成的基等。上述伸芳基與一般式(E2-1-1)中之L所表示的2價連結基中之伸芳基相同。Examples of the aromatic ring in the divalent group having an aromatic ring represented by Z include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phthalimide ring, a pyromellitic acid diimide ring, and an aromatic ring. Heterocycles, etc., are preferably benzene ring, phthalimide ring and pyromellitic acid diimide ring. That is, as a divalent group having an aromatic ring, a divalent group having an optionally substituted benzene ring, a divalent group having an optionally substituted phthalimide ring, and an optionally substituted benzene ring The divalent group of the tetraacid diimide ring is preferred. Examples of the divalent group having an aromatic ring include a group formed by a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an oxygen atom; a divalent group derived from phthalimide, an oxygen atom , the group formed by the combination of arylidene and alkylene group; the group formed by the combination of alkylene group and diimide from pyromellitic acid; the divalent group from diimide of pyromellitic acid ; A base formed by a combination of a divalent group and an alkylene group derived from phthalimide. The above-mentioned aryl group is the same as the aryl group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (E2-1-1).

Z所表示的具有伸烷基及芳香環之2價基可具有取代基。作為取代基,與一般式(E2-1-1)中之M可具有的取代基相同。The divalent group having an alkylene group and an aromatic ring represented by Z may have a substituent. The substituents are the same as those that M in the general formula (E2-1-1) may have.

作為Z所表示的基之具體例子,可舉出以下基。式中,「*」表示鍵結部位。

Figure 02_image023
Figure 02_image025
Specific examples of the group represented by Z include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents the bonding site.
Figure 02_image023
Figure 02_image025

一般式(E2-1-1)所示化合物以一般式(E2-1-5)所示化合物,及一般式(E2-1-6)所示化合物中任一者為佳。

Figure 02_image027
Figure 02_image029
一般式(E2-1-5)中,M 2及M 3各獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基,R 40各獨立表示氧原子、伸芳基、伸烷基或此等基之2個以上的組合所成的2價基。t1表示1~10的整數。 一般式(E2-1-6)中,M 4、M 6及M 7各獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的脂肪族基,M 5各獨立表示具有可具有取代基之芳香環的2價基,R 41及R 42各獨立表示碳原子數5以上的烷基。t2表示0~10的整數,u1及u2各獨立表示0~4的整數。 The compound represented by the general formula (E2-1-1) is preferably either the compound represented by the general formula (E2-1-5) or the compound represented by the general formula (E2-1-6).
Figure 02_image027
Figure 02_image029
In the general formula (E2-1-5), M 2 and M 3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and R 40 each independently represents an oxygen atom, an aryl group, an alkylene group A divalent group consisting of a group or a combination of two or more of these groups. t1 represents an integer of 1-10. In the general formula (E2-1-6), each of M 4 , M 6 and M 7 independently represents an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and M 5 each independently represents an aromatic ring which may have a substituent In the divalent group of , R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms. t2 represents an integer of 0 to 10, and u1 and u2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.

M 2及M 3各獨立表示可具有取代基的碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基。M 2及M 3與一般式(E2-1-1)中之M所表示的碳原子數5以上的2價脂肪族基相同,以伸十六炔基、伸十六烷基為佳。 Each of M 2 and M 3 independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M 2 and M 3 are the same as the divalent aliphatic groups having 5 or more carbon atoms represented by M in the general formula (E2-1-1), and are preferably hexadecylene and hexadecylene.

R 40各獨立表示氧原子、伸芳基、伸烷基或此等2種以上2價基的組合所成的基。伸芳基、伸烷基與一般式(E2-1-1)中之L所表示的2價連結基中之伸芳基及伸烷基相同。作為R 40,以2種以上的2價基之組合所成的基或氧原子者為佳。 R 40 each independently represents an oxygen atom, an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a group formed by a combination of two or more divalent groups of these. The arylidene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylidene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (E2-1-1). R 40 is preferably a group formed by a combination of two or more divalent groups or an oxygen atom.

作為R 40中之2種以上2價基的組合所成的基,可舉出氧原子、伸芳基及伸烷基之組合。作為2種以上的2價基之組合所成的基之具體例子,可舉出以下基。式中,「*」表示鍵結部位。

Figure 02_image031
As a group formed by a combination of two or more divalent groups in R 40 , an oxygen atom, a combination of an aryl group, and an alkyl group can be mentioned. As a specific example of the group which consists of a combination of 2 or more types of divalent groups, the following groups are mentioned. In the formula, "*" represents the bonding site.
Figure 02_image031

M 4、M 6及M 7各獨立表示可具有取代基的碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基。M 4、M 6及M 7與一般式(E2-1-1)中之M所表示的可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上的脂肪族基相同,以伸己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基為佳,以伸辛基為較佳。 M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each independently represent an optionally substituted aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms. M 4 , M 6 and M 7 are the same as the aliphatic groups having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by M in the general formula (E2-1-1), and are represented by hexyl, heptyl, and octyl groups. Radix, nonyl, and decyl are preferred, and octyl is preferred.

M 5各獨立表示具有可具有取代基的芳香環之2價基。M 5與一般式(E2-1-4)中之Z所表示的具有可具有取代基的芳香環之2價基相同,以伸烷基及來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基之組合所成基;來自鄰苯二甲醯亞胺的2價基及伸烷基之組合所成基為佳,以伸烷基及來自苯四酸二醯亞胺的2價基之組合所成基為較佳。上述伸芳基及伸烷基與一般式(E2-1-1)中之L所表示的2價連結基中之伸芳基及伸烷基相同。 M 5 each independently represents a divalent group having an optionally substituted aromatic ring. M 5 is the same as the divalent group of an aromatic ring which may have a substituent represented by Z in the general formula (E2-1-4), and is the same as the divalent group of an alkylene group and a diimide derived from pyromellitic acid. The base formed by the combination; the base formed by the combination of the divalent group from phthalimide and the alkylene group is preferably the combination of the alkylene group and the divalent group from the diimide of pyromellitic acid base is better. The arylidene group and the alkylene group mentioned above are the same as the arylidene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (E2-1-1).

作為M 5所表示的基之具體例子,例如可舉出以下基。式中,「*」表示鍵結部位。

Figure 02_image033
Specific examples of the group represented by M 5 include, for example, the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents the bonding site.
Figure 02_image033

R 41及R 42各獨立表示碳原子數5以上的烷基。R 41及R 42與上述碳原子數5以上的烷基相同,以己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基為佳,以己基、辛基為較佳。 R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms. R 41 and R 42 are the same as the above-mentioned alkyl groups having 5 or more carbon atoms, preferably hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl, and more preferably hexyl and octyl.

u1及u2各獨立表示1~15的整數,以1~10的整數為佳。Each of u1 and u2 independently represents an integer of 1 to 15, preferably an integer of 1 to 10.

作為(E2-1)成分之具體例子,可舉出以下(E-i)~(E-iii)之化合物,但未限定於此等具體例子。式中,v表示1~10的整數。

Figure 02_image035
Figure 02_image037
As a specific example of the (E2-1) component, the following compounds (Ei) to (E-iii) can be mentioned, but it is not limited to these specific examples. In the formula, v represents an integer of 1-10.
Figure 02_image035
Figure 02_image037

作為(E2-1)成分之具體例子,可舉出Digigner Moleculars公司製之「BMI1500」(式(E-i)之化合物)、「BMI1700」(式(E-ii)之化合物)、「BMI689」(式(E-iii)之化合物)等。Specific examples of the component (E2-1) include "BMI1500" (compound of formula (E-i)), "BMI1700" (compound of formula (E-ii)), "BMI689" (compound of formula (E-ii)) manufactured by Digigner Moleculars (Compounds of E-iii)) and the like.

(E2-1)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw)以150~5000為佳,較佳為300~2500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (E2-1) is preferably 150 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 2500.

(E2-1)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量,由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以50g/eq.~2000g/eq.為佳,較佳為100g/eq.~1000g/eq.,更佳為150g/eq.~500g/eq.。馬來醯亞胺基當量為含有1當量馬來醯亞胺基之(E2-1)成分的質量。The maleimide group equivalent of the component (E2-1) is preferably 50 g/eq. to 2000 g/eq., more preferably 100 g/eq. to the viewpoint that the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. 1000g/eq., more preferably 150g/eq.~500g/eq. The maleimide group equivalent is the mass of the component (E2-1) containing 1 equivalent of the maleimide group.

-(E2-2)成分- (E2-2)成分為具有與馬來醯亞胺之氮原子直接鍵結的芳香族環之馬來醯亞胺化合物。(E2-2)成分例如可藉由將含有芳香族胺化合物(芳香族二胺化合物等)與馬來酸酐之成分進行醯亞胺化反應而得。 -(E2-2) Ingredient- The component (E2-2) is a maleimide compound having an aromatic ring directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of maleimide. The component (E2-2) can be obtained, for example, by subjecting a component containing an aromatic amine compound (aromatic diamine compound, etc.) and maleic anhydride to imidization reaction.

芳香族環可為碳環或雜環。作為芳香族環,例如可舉出苯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、噁唑環、異噁唑環、噻唑環、咪唑環、吡啶環、噠嗪環、嘧啶環、吡嗪環等單環式之芳香族環;萘環、蒽環、苯並呋喃環、異苯並呋喃環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯並噻吩環、苯並咪唑環、吲唑環、苯並噁唑環、苯並異噁唑環、苯並噻唑環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹喔啉環、吖啶環、喹唑啉環、噌啉環、酞嗪環等2個以上單環式芳香族環經縮合的縮合環;茚滿環、芴環、四氫萘環等1個以上單環式芳香族環上縮合1個以上單環式之非芳香族環的縮合環等。其中,作為芳香族環,以單環式芳香族環為佳,以苯環為較佳。Aromatic rings can be carbocyclic or heterocyclic. Examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, Monocyclic aromatic rings such as pyrazine ring; naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, benzofuran ring, isobenzofuran ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzimidazole ring, indazole Ring, benzoxazole ring, benzisoxazole ring, benzothiazole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, acridine ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, phthalazine ring Condensed rings in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings are condensed; non-aromatic rings in which one or more monocyclic aromatic rings are condensed on one or more monocyclic aromatic rings such as indan ring, fluorene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, etc. The condensed ring, etc. Among them, as the aromatic ring, a monocyclic aromatic ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is preferable.

作為(E2-2)成分,以下述式(E2-2-1)所示化合物為佳。

Figure 02_image039
As the component (E2-2), a compound represented by the following formula (E2-2-1) is preferable.
Figure 02_image039

[式中,R c各獨立表示取代基;X c各獨立表示單鍵、伸烷基、伸烯基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、 -SO 2-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COO-或-OCO-(較佳單鍵或伸烷基);Z c各獨立表示可具有取代基的非芳香環或可具有取代基的芳香環(較佳為可具有取代基的芳香環,特佳為可具有取代基的苯環);s表示1以上的整數(以1~100的整數為佳,較佳為1~50的整數,更佳為1~20的整數);t各獨立表示0或1以上的整數;u各獨立表示0~2的整數(較佳為0)]所示馬來醯亞胺化合物,特佳為式(E2-2-2)~(E2-2-5): [In the formula, R c each independently represents a substituent; X c each independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, - CONH-, -NHCO-, -COO- or -OCO- (preferably a single bond or an alkylene group); Z c each independently represents a non-aromatic ring that may have a substituent or an aromatic ring that may have a substituent (preferably An aromatic ring which may have a substituent, particularly preferably a benzene ring which may have a substituent); s represents an integer of 1 or more (preferably an integer of 1-100, preferably an integer of 1-50, more preferably 1- 20); t each independently represents an integer of 0 or more; u each independently represents an integer from 0 to 2 (preferably 0)] maleimide compound represented by formula (E2-2- 2)~(E2-2-5):

Figure 02_image041
Figure 02_image043
式中,R c1、R c2及R c3各獨立表示烷基;X c1及X c2各獨立表示單鍵或伸烷基;s表示1以上的整數(以1~100的整數為佳,較佳為1~50的整數,更佳為1~20的整數);t’表示1~5的整數;u1、u2及u3各獨立表示0~2的整數(較佳為0)。且s單位、t單位、t’單位、u單位、u1單位、u2單位及u3單位可在每單位中可相同亦可相異。
Figure 02_image041
Figure 02_image043
In the formula, R c1 , R c2 and R c3 each independently represent an alkyl group; X c1 and X c2 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group; s represents an integer of 1 or more (preferably an integer from 1 to 100, preferably is an integer of 1-50, more preferably an integer of 1-20); t' represents an integer of 1-5; u1, u2 and u3 each independently represent an integer of 0-2 (preferably 0). In addition, the s unit, the t unit, the t' unit, the u unit, the u1 unit, the u2 unit, and the u3 unit may be the same or different in each unit.

又,做為其他實施形態,(E2-2)成分例如以由下述式(E2-2-6)所表示的結構者為佳。

Figure 02_image045
式中,R 31及R 36表示馬來醯亞胺基,R 32、R 33、R 34及R 35各獨立表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,D各獨立表示2價芳香族基。m1及m2各獨立表示1~10的整數,a表示1~100的整數。 Moreover, as another embodiment, it is preferable that the component (E2-2) has a structure represented by the following formula (E2-2-6), for example.
Figure 02_image045
In the formula, R 31 and R 36 represent a maleimide group, R 32 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and D each independently represents a divalent aromatic group. m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 10, and a represents an integer of 1 to 100.

式(E2-2-6)中之R 32、R 33、R 34及R 35各獨立表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,以氫原子為佳。 R 32 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 in formula (E2-2-6) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably a hydrogen atom.

作為烷基,以碳原子數1~10的烷基為佳,以碳原子數1~6的烷基為較佳,以碳原子數1~3的烷基為更佳。烷基可為直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀。作為如此烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基等。The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups can be straight chain, branched or cyclic. As such an alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

芳基以碳原子數6~20的芳基為佳,以碳原子數6~15的芳基為較佳,以碳原子數6~10的芳基為更佳。芳基可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為如此芳基,例如可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基等。The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. As such an aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

烷基及芳基可具有取代基。作為取代基,並無特別限制,例如可舉出鹵素原子、-OH、-O-C 1-6烷基、 -N(C 1-10烷基) 2、C 1-10烷基、C 6-10芳基、-NH 2、-CN、 -C(O)O-C 1-10烷基、-COOH、-C(O)H、-NO 2等。其中所謂「C p-q」(p及q為正整數,滿足p<q)之用語,記載於該用語後的p~q表示有機基的碳原子數。例如所謂「C 1-10烷基」即表示碳原子數1~10的烷基。此等取代基可互相鍵結而形成環,環結構亦含有螺環或縮合環。 The alkyl group and the aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom, -OH, -OC 1-6 alkyl, -N(C 1-10 alkyl) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl, C 6-10 Aryl, -NH 2 , -CN, -C(O)OC 1-10 alkyl, -COOH, -C(O)H, -NO 2 and the like. Among them, "C pq " (p and q are positive integers and satisfy p<q) is a term, and p to q after the term represent the number of carbon atoms of an organic group. For example, "C 1-10 alkyl group" means an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. These substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also contains a spiro ring or a condensed ring.

上述取代基可進一步具有取代基(以下有時稱為「二次取代基」)。作為二次取代基,若無特別記載,可使用與上述取代基相同者。The above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "secondary substituent"). As the secondary substituent, unless otherwise specified, the same ones as those described above can be used.

式(E2-2-6)中之D表示2價芳香族基。作為2價芳香族基,例如可舉出伸苯基、亞萘基、亞蒽基、芳烷基、二亞苯基、聯苯基芳烷基等,其中亦以二亞苯基、聯苯基芳烷基為佳,以二亞苯基為較佳。2價芳香族基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基,與式(E2-2-6)中之R 32所示烷基所具有的相同取代基。 D in formula (E2-2-6) represents a divalent aromatic group. Examples of the divalent aromatic group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracene group, an aralkyl group, a diphenylene group, a biphenylene aralkyl group, and the like, and among them, a diphenylene group and a biphenyl group are also used. Aralkyl is preferred, and diphenylene is preferred. The divalent aromatic group may have a substituent. The substituent is the same as that of the alkyl group represented by R 32 in the formula (E2-2-6).

m1及m2各獨立表示1~10的整數,以1~6為佳,較佳為1~3,更佳為1~2,以1為更較佳。m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1.

a表示1~100的整數,以1~50為佳,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~5。a represents an integer of 1-100, preferably 1-50, more preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-5.

作為(E2-2)成分,以式(E2-2-7)所示樹脂為佳。

Figure 02_image047
式中,R 37及R 38表示馬來醯亞胺基。a1表示1~100的整數。 As the component (E2-2), the resin represented by the formula (E2-2-7) is preferable.
Figure 02_image047
In the formula, R 37 and R 38 represent a maleimide group. a1 represents an integer of 1-100.

a1與式(E2-2-6)中之a相同,較佳範圍亦相同。a1 is the same as a in formula (E2-2-6), and the preferred range is also the same.

作為(E2-2)成分之販售品,例如可舉出日本化藥公司製之「MIR-3000-70MT」;KeiaiKasei公司製「BMI-50P」;大和化成工業公司製之「BMI-1000」、「BMI-1000H」、「BMI-1100」、「BMI-1100H」、「BMI-4000」、「BMI-5100」;KeiaiKasei公司製「BMI-4,4’-BPE」、「BMI-70」、KeiaiKasei公司製「BMI-80」等。Examples of products sold as the component (E2-2) include "MIR-3000-70MT" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; "BMI-50P" manufactured by Keiai Kasei Corporation; and "BMI-1000" manufactured by Yamato Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. , "BMI-1000H", "BMI-1100", "BMI-1100H", "BMI-4000", "BMI-5100"; "BMI-4,4'-BPE", "BMI-70" manufactured by Keiai Kasei , "BMI-80" manufactured by Keiai Kasei Corporation, etc.

(E2-2)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw)以150~5000為佳,較佳為300~2500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (E2-2) is preferably 150 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 2500.

(E2-2)成分之馬來醯亞胺基的官能基當量,以50g/eq.~2000g/eq.為佳,較佳為100g/eq.~1000g/eq.,更佳為150g/eq.~500g/eq.,特佳為200g/eq.~300g/eq.。The functional group equivalent of the maleimide group of the component (E2-2) is preferably 50g/eq.~2000g/eq., preferably 100g/eq.~1000g/eq., more preferably 150g/eq. .~500g/eq., preferably 200g/eq.~300g/eq..

-(E2-3)成分- (E2-3)成分為含有三甲基茚滿骨架之馬來醯亞胺化合物。所謂三甲基茚滿骨架表示下述式(E2-3-1)所示骨架。 -(E2-3) Ingredient- The component (E2-3) is a maleimide compound containing a trimethylindan skeleton. The trimethylindan skeleton means a skeleton represented by the following formula (E2-3-1).

Figure 02_image049
Figure 02_image049

於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環上可鍵結取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基、環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基及巰基。 烷基之碳原子數,以1~10為佳。作為烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、t-丁基等。 烷基氧基之碳原子數以1~10為佳。作為烷基氧基,例如可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基等。 烷基硫基之碳原子數以1~10為佳。作為烷基硫基,例如可舉出甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丙基硫基、丁基硫基等。 芳基的碳原子數,以6~10為佳。作為芳基,例如可舉出苯基、萘基等。 芳基氧基之碳原子數較佳為6~10。作為芳基氧基,例如可舉出苯基氧基、萘氧基等。 芳基硫基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳基硫基,例如可舉出苯基硫基、萘硫基等。 環烷基的碳原子數,較佳為3~10。作為環烷基,例如可舉出環戊基、環己基、環庚基等。 作為鹵素原子,例如可舉出氟原子、氯原子、碘原子等。 A substituent may be bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethylindane skeleton. As a substituent, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a mercapto group are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. As an alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyloxy group is preferably 1-10. As an alkyloxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylthio group is preferably 1-10. As an alkylthio group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-10. As an aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group is preferably 6-10. As an aryloxy group, a phenyloxy group, a naphthoxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the arylthio group is preferably 6-10. As an arylthio group, a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 10. As a cycloalkyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, for example.

前述取代基中,烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基及環烷基之氫原子可由鹵素原子進行取代。Among the aforementioned substituents, the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, the alkyloxy group, the alkylthio group, the aryl group, the aryloxy group, the arylthio group and the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom.

鍵結於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的1個苯環上之取代基的數目可為1,亦可為2以上。鍵結於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環上的取代基之數目通常為0以上3以下。取代基的數目若為2以上時,此等2以上的取代基可相同亦可相異。其中亦以於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環上未鍵結取代基者為佳。The number of substituents bonded to one benzene ring contained in the trimethylindan skeleton may be 1, or may be 2 or more. The number of substituents bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethylindan skeleton is usually 0 or more and 3 or less. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, these 2 or more substituents may be the same or different. Among them, it is also preferable that a substituent is not bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethylindan skeleton.

(E2-3)成分之於1分子中所含的三甲基茚滿骨架之數目可為1,亦可為2以上。上限例如為10以下、8以下、7以下或6以下。The number of trimethylindan skeletons contained in 1 molecule of the component (E2-3) may be 1, or may be 2 or more. The upper limit is, for example, 10 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, or 6 or less.

(E2-3)成分除上述三甲基茚滿骨架以外,進一步含有芳香環骨架者為佳。該芳香環骨架之環構成碳的數目,較佳為6~10。作為芳香環骨架,例如可舉出苯環骨架、萘環骨架等。(E2-3)成分之於1分子中所含的前述芳香環骨架之數目以1以上為佳,較佳為2以上,以6以下為佳,較佳為4以下,特佳為3以下。(E2-3)成分中除含有三甲基茚滿骨架以外,亦含有2以上的芳香環骨架時,此等芳香環骨架可相同亦可相異。In addition to the above-mentioned trimethylindan skeleton, the component (E2-3) further contains an aromatic ring skeleton. The number of ring constituent carbons of the aromatic ring skeleton is preferably 6-10. As an aromatic ring skeleton, a benzene ring skeleton, a naphthalene ring skeleton, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of the above-mentioned aromatic ring skeleton contained in one molecule of the component (E2-3) is preferably 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, preferably 4 or less, particularly preferably 3 or less. When the component (E2-3) contains two or more aromatic ring skeletons in addition to the trimethylindan skeleton, these aromatic ring skeletons may be the same or different.

於前述芳香環骨架所含的芳香環上可鍵結取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出作為於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環上可鍵結的取代基之上述取代基及硝基。鍵結於1個芳香環的取代基之數目可為1亦可為2以上。鍵結於芳香環的取代基之數目通常為0以上4以下。取代基的數目為2以上時,此等2以上的取代基可為相同亦可相異。A substituent may be bonded to the aromatic ring contained in the above-mentioned aromatic ring skeleton. As a substituent, the said substituent and a nitro group which are a substituent which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in a trimethylindan skeleton are mentioned, for example. The number of substituents bonded to one aromatic ring may be one or two or more. The number of substituents bonded to the aromatic ring is usually 0 or more and 4 or less. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, these 2 or more substituents may be the same or different.

(E2-3)成分除上述三甲基茚滿骨架以外,亦可進一步含有2價脂肪族烴基者為佳。特別在(E2-3)成分含有除三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環以外的芳香環骨架時,以(E2-3)成分含有2價脂肪族烴基者為佳。此時,2價脂肪族烴基連結三甲基茚滿骨架所含有的苯環與芳香環骨架之間者為佳。又,2價脂肪族烴基以連結芳香環骨架比此間者為佳。In addition to the above-mentioned trimethylindan skeleton, the component (E2-3) may further contain a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. In particular, when the component (E2-3) contains an aromatic ring skeleton other than the benzene ring contained in the trimethylindan skeleton, it is preferable that the component (E2-3) contains a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, it is preferable that a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group connects between the benzene ring and the aromatic ring skeleton contained in the trimethylindan skeleton. Moreover, it is preferable that the bivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is connected to the aromatic ring skeleton than this.

2價脂肪族烴基的碳原子數,以1以上為佳,以12以下為佳,較佳為8以下,特佳為5以下。作為2價脂肪族烴基,以作為飽和脂肪族烴基的伸烷基為較佳。作為2價脂肪族烴基,可舉出亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基等直鏈伸烷基;亞乙基( -CH(CH 3)-)、亞丙基(-CH(CH 2CH 3)-)、異亞丙基( -C(CH 3) 2-)、乙基甲基亞甲基(-C(CH 3)(CH 2CH 3)-)、二乙基亞甲基(-C(CH 2CH 3) 2-)等分支鏈伸烷基等。(E2-3)含有三甲基茚滿骨架的馬來醯亞胺化合物除三甲基茚滿骨架以外,亦含有2以上的2價脂肪族烴基時,此等2價脂肪族烴基可為相同亦可相異。 The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 or more, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less. The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group which is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include straight-chain alkylene groups such as methylene, ethylidene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene; ethylene (-CH( CH 3 )-), propylene (-CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-), isopropylene (-C(CH 3 ) 2 -), ethylmethylmethylene (-C(CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-), diethylmethylene (-C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -) and other branched alkylenes, and the like. (E2-3) When the maleimide compound containing trimethylindan skeleton also contains 2 or more divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups in addition to the trimethylindan skeleton, these divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups may be the same can also be different.

(E2-3)成分以含有下述式(E2-3-2)所示結構者為佳。(E2-3)成分的全體亦可具有式(E2-3-2)所示結構,(E2-3)成分的部分亦可具有式(E2-3-2)所示結構。

Figure 02_image051
The component (E2-3) preferably contains a structure represented by the following formula (E2-3-2). The whole of the component (E2-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-2), and the part of the component (E2-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-2).
Figure 02_image051

(式中,Ar a1表示可具有取代基的2價芳香族烴基;R a1各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基或巰基;R a2各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基或巰基;R a3各獨立表示2價脂肪族烴基;n a1表示正整數;n a2各獨立表示0~4的整數;n a3各獨立表示0~3的整數。R a1的烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。R a2的烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。n a2為2~4時,R a1在同一環內可為相同或相異者。n a3為2~3時,R a2在同一環內可為相同或相異) (In the formula, Ar a1 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; R a1 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. 10 alkylthio groups, aryl groups with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, aryloxy groups with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, arylthio groups with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, cycloalkanes with 3 to 10 carbon atoms group, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group or mercapto group; R a2 independently represents an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylthio group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms , aryl group with 6-10 carbon atoms, aryloxy group with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, hydroxyl group or mercapto group; R a3 each independently represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group; n a1 represents a positive integer; n a2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4 ; Hydrogen atoms of oxy, alkylthio, aryl, aryloxy, arylthio and cycloalkyl groups may also be substituted by halogen atoms. The alkyl group, alkyloxy group, alkylthio group of R a2 , The hydrogen atom of the aryl group, the aryloxy group, the arylthio group and the cycloalkyl group may also be substituted with a halogen atom. When n a2 is 2 to 4, R a1 may be the same or different in the same ring. n a3 When it is 2 to 3, R a2 can be the same or different in the same ring)

對於式(E2-3-2),Ar a1表示可具有取代基的2價芳香族烴基。該2價芳香族烴基之碳原子數以6以上為佳,以20以下為佳,較佳為16以下。作為2價芳香族烴基,例如可舉出伸苯基、亞萘基。作為2價芳香族烴基可具有的取代基,例如可舉出碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基及巰基。各取代基的氫原子可進一步由鹵素原子進行取代。又,作為此等取代基的具體例子,例如可舉出與三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環上可鍵結的取代基相同例子。2價芳香族烴基具有取代基時,該取代基的數目以1~4為佳。2價芳香族烴基所具有取代基的數目為2以上時,此等2以上的取代基可為相同亦可相異。其中Ar a1亦以不具有取代基的2價芳香族烴基者為佳。 In formula (E2-3-2), Ar a1 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less. As a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group are mentioned, for example. Examples of the substituent which the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, aryloxy group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, hydroxyl group and Sulfhydryl. The hydrogen atom of each substituent may be further substituted with a halogen atom. Moreover, as a specific example of such a substituent, the thing similar to the substituent which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in a trimethylindan skeleton is mentioned, for example. When the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group has a substituent, the number of the substituent is preferably 1 to 4. When the number of substituents which a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group has is 2 or more, these 2 or more substituents may be the same or different. Among them, Ar a1 is also preferably a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having no substituent.

對於式(E2-3-2),R a1各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基或巰基。烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。作為此等基的具體例子,例如可舉出與可鍵結於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環的取代基之相同例子。其中R a1亦以選自由碳原子數1~4的烷基、碳原子數3~6的環烷基及碳原子數6~10的芳基所成群的1種類以上基者為較佳,以碳原子數1~4的烷基為特佳。 In formula (E2-3-2), R a1 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbon Aryl group having 6 to 10 atoms, aryloxy group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl. The hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, the alkyloxy group, the alkylthio group, the aryl group, the aryloxy group, the arylthio group and the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom. Specific examples of these groups include, for example, the same examples as those of the substituent which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethylindan skeleton. Among them, R a1 is also preferably one or more groups selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.

對於式(E2-3-2),R a2各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基或巰基。烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。做無此等基的具體例子,例如可舉出與可鍵結於三甲基茚滿骨架所含的苯環之取代基的相同例子。其中R a2亦以選自由碳原子數1~4的烷基、碳原子數3~6的環烷基及碳原子數6~10的芳基所成群的1種類以上的基者為較佳。 In formula (E2-3-2), R a2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbon Aryl group with 6 to 10 atoms, aryloxy group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, hydroxyl group or mercapto group . The hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, the alkyloxy group, the alkylthio group, the aryl group, the aryloxy group, the arylthio group and the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom. As a specific example without such a group, the same example as the substituent which can couple|bond with the benzene ring contained in a trimethylindan skeleton is mentioned, for example. Among them, R a2 is preferably one or more groups selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and aryl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. .

對於式(E2-3-2),R a3各獨立表示2價脂肪族烴基。較佳2價脂肪族烴基的範圍如上述所示。 In formula (E2-3-2), R a3 each independently represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The range of preferable divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups is as described above.

對於式(E2-3-2),n a1表示正整數。n a1以1以上為佳,以10以下為佳,較佳為8以下。 In formula (E2-3-2), n a1 represents a positive integer. n a1 is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less.

對於式(E2-3-2),n a2各獨立表示0~4的整數。n a2以2或3為佳,較佳為2。複數n a2雖可相異,但以相同者為佳。n a2為2以上時,複數R a1在同一環內可相同亦可相異。 In formula (E2-3-2), n a2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. n a2 is preferably 2 or 3, more preferably 2. Although the plural n a2 may be different, the same one is preferred. When n a2 is 2 or more, the plural R a1 may be the same or different within the same ring.

對於式(E2-3-2),n a3各獨立表示0~3的整數。複數n a3雖可相異,但以相同為佳。n a3以0為佳。 In formula (E2-3-2), n a3 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 3. Although the complex numbers n a3 may be different, they are preferably the same. n a3 is preferably 0.

(E2-3)成分以含有下述式(E2-3-3)所示結構者為特佳。(E2-3)成分的全體可具有以式(E2-3-3)所示結構,亦可具有(E2-3)成分的部分以式(E2-3-3)所示結構。

Figure 02_image053
(式中,R b1各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基或巰基;R b2各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基或巰基;n b1表示正整數;n b2各獨立表示0~4的整數;n b3各獨立表示0~3的整數。R b1的烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基,及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。R b2的烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基,及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。n b2若為2~4時,R b1在同一環內可相同亦可相異。n b3若為2~3時,R b2在同一環內可相同亦可相異。) It is particularly preferable that the component (E2-3) contains a structure represented by the following formula (E2-3-3). The whole of the component (E2-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-3), or the part having the component (E2-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-3).
Figure 02_image053
(in the formula, R b1 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryl group, aryloxy group with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group or mercapto group; R b2 Each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryloxy group of 6-10, arylthio group of carbon number of 6-10, cycloalkyl group of carbon number of 3-10, halogen atom, hydroxyl or mercapto group; n b1 represents a positive integer; n b2 each independently represents An integer of 0 to 4; n b3 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 3. R b1 represents an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, and a cycloalkyl group The hydrogen atom of R b2 can also be substituted by a halogen atom. The hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, alkyloxy group, alkylthio group, aryl group, aryloxy group, arylthio group, and cycloalkyl group of R b2 can also be replaced by a halogen atom Substitution. When n b2 is 2 to 4, R b1 may be the same or different within the same ring. When n b3 is 2 to 3, R b2 may be the same or different within the same ring.)

對於式(E2-3-3),R b1、R b2、n b1、n b2及n b3各與式(E2-3-2)中之R a1、R a2、n a1、n a2及n a3相同。 For formula (E2-3-3), each of R b1 , R b2 , n b1 , n b2 and n b3 is the same as R a1 , R a2 , n a1 , n a2 and n a3 in formula (E2-3-2) same.

(E2-3)成分可進一步含有下述式(E2-3-4)所示結構。

Figure 02_image055
對於式(E2-3-4),R c1、R c2、n c2及n c3各與式(E2-3-2)中之R a1、R a2、n a2及n a3相同。又,對於式(E2-3-4),n c1表示重複單位數的1~20的整數。且對於式(E2-3-4),*表示鍵結部位。例如(E2-3)成分在式(E2-3-2)中,n a2為3以下,且對於馬來醯亞胺基所鍵結的苯環之馬來醯亞胺基的鄰位及對位中,於2個以上未鍵結R a1時,可組合式(E2-3-2)所示結構而含有前述式(E2-3-4)所示結構。又,例如(E2-3)成分在式(E2-3-3)中,n b2為3以下,且,對於馬來醯亞胺基所鍵結的苯環之馬來醯亞胺基的鄰位及對位中,於2個以上未鍵結R b1時,可組合式(E2-3-3)所示結構而含有前述式(E2-3-4)所示結構。 The component (E2-3) may further contain a structure represented by the following formula (E2-3-4).
Figure 02_image055
For formula (E2-3-4), R c1 , R c2 , n c2 and n c3 are each the same as R a1 , R a2 , n a2 and n a3 in formula (E2-3-2). Moreover, in Formula (E2-3-4), n c1 represents the integer of 1-20 of the repeating unit number. And in the formula (E2-3-4), * represents a bonding site. For example, in the formula (E2-3-2) of the component (E2-3), n a2 is 3 or less, and the ortho and para positions of the maleimide group of the benzene ring to which the maleimide group is bonded are In the position, when two or more of R a1 are not bonded, the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-2) can be combined to include the structure represented by the aforementioned formula (E2-3-4). In addition, for example, in the formula (E2-3-3) of the component (E2-3), n b2 is 3 or less, and the vicinal position of the maleimide group of the benzene ring to which the maleimide group is bonded is In the position and the para position, when two or more of R b1 are not bonded, the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-3) can be combined to include the structure represented by the aforementioned formula (E2-3-4).

(E2-3)成分可單獨使用1種類,亦可將2種類以上以任意比率組合而使用。(E2-3) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used combining two or more types by arbitrary ratios.

(E2-3)成分的馬來醯亞胺基當量,以50g/eq.以上為佳,較佳為100g/eq.以上,特佳為200g/eq.以上,以2000g/eq.以下為佳,較佳為1000g/eq.以下,特佳為800g/eq.以下。馬來醯亞胺基當量表示每馬來醯亞胺基1當量之馬來醯亞胺化合物之質量。(E2-3)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量若在前述範圍時,可顯著得到本發明之效果。The maleimide group equivalent of the component (E2-3) is preferably 50 g/eq. or more, preferably 100 g/eq. or more, particularly preferably 200 g/eq. or more, and preferably 2000 g/eq. or less , preferably 1000 g/eq. or less, particularly preferably 800 g/eq. or less. The maleimide group equivalent means the mass of the maleimide compound per equivalent of the maleimide group. When the maleimide group equivalent of the component (E2-3) is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

(E2-3)成分之製造方法並無特別限制。(E2-3)成分,例如可藉由發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號所記載的方法製造。依據該發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號所記載的製造方法,得到三甲基茚滿骨架之重複單位數具有分布之馬來醯亞胺化合物。由該方法所得之馬來醯亞胺化合物含有下述式(E2-3-5)所示結構。因此,(E2-3)成分亦可含有具有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物。(E2-3) The manufacturing method of a component is not specifically limited. The component (E2-3) can be produced, for example, by the method described in the Technical Publication No. 2020-500211 of the Institute of Invention. According to the production method described in the Published Technical Publication No. 2020-500211 of the Institute of Invention, a maleimide compound having a distribution of the number of repeating units of the trimethylindan skeleton was obtained. The maleimide compound obtained by this method has a structure represented by the following formula (E2-3-5). Therefore, (E2-3) component may contain the maleimide compound which has the structure represented by formula (E2-3-5).

Figure 02_image057
Figure 02_image057

(式中,R 1各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基或巰基;R 2各獨立表示碳原子數1~10的烷基、碳原子數1~10的烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10的烷基硫基、碳原子數6~10的芳基、碳原子數6~10的芳基氧基、碳原子數6~10的芳基硫基、碳原子數3~10的環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基或巰基;n 1表示0.95~10.0的平均重複單位數;n 2各獨立表示0~4的整數;n 3各獨立表示0~3的整數。R 1的烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基,及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。R 2的烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基、芳基氧基、芳基硫基,及環烷基的氫原子亦可由鹵素原子進行取代。n 2為2~4時,R 1在同一環內可相同亦可相異。n 3為2~3時,R 2在同一環內可相同亦可相異) (in the formula, R 1 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryl group, aryloxy group with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group or mercapto group; R 2 Each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryloxy group of 6-10, arylthio group of carbon number of 6-10, cycloalkyl group of carbon number of 3-10, halogen atom, hydroxyl or mercapto group; n 1 represents the average number of repeating units of 0.95-10.0 n 2 each independently represents an integer from 0 to 4; n 3 each independently represents an integer from 0 to 3. R 1 represents an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an arylthio group The hydrogen atoms of R 2 and cycloalkyl groups can also be substituted by halogen atoms. R 2 of alkyl, alkyloxy, alkylthio, aryl, aryloxy, arylthio, and cycloalkyl The hydrogen atom may also be substituted by a halogen atom. When n 2 is 2 to 4, R 1 may be the same or different in the same ring. When n 3 is 2 to 3, R 2 may be the same or different in the same ring )

對於式(E2-3-5),R 1、R 2、n 2及n 3各與式(E2-3-2)中之R a1、R a2、n a2及n a3相同。 In formula (E2-3-5), R 1 , R 2 , n 2 and n 3 are each the same as R a1 , R a2 , n a2 and n a3 in formula (E2-3-2).

對於式(E2-3-5),n 1表示平均重複單位數,該範圍為0.95~10.0。依據發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號所記載的製造方法,得到含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之一群馬來醯亞胺化合物。由可使式(E2-3-5)中之平均重複單位數n 1變得比1.00小可得知,於含有如此所得的式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物中,可含有三甲基茚滿骨架之重複單位數為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物。其中,由含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物,經純化並除去三甲基茚滿骨架之重複單位數為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物而得到(E2-3)成分,亦可僅使該所得之(E2-3)成分含於感光性樹脂組成物。但,即使在三甲基茚滿骨架之重複單位數為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物含於感光性樹脂組成物之情況下,可得到本發明之效果。又,若省略純化時可抑制成本。其中,以未除去三甲基茚滿骨架之重複單位數為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物,而使含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物含於感光性樹脂組成物者為佳。 In formula (E2-3-5), n 1 represents the average number of repeating units, and the range is 0.95 to 10.0. A group of maleimide compounds containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) were obtained according to the production method described in the Technical Publication No. 2020-500211 of the Institute of Invention. From the fact that the average number of repeating units n 1 in the formula (E2-3-5) can be made smaller than 1.00, it can be seen that in the maleimide containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) thus obtained Among the compounds, a maleimide compound in which the repeating unit number of the trimethylindan skeleton is 0 may be contained. Wherein, from the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5), after purification and removal of the maleimide compound whose repeating unit number of the trimethylindan skeleton is 0, (E2 -3) Component, only the obtained (E2-3) component may be contained in the photosensitive resin composition. However, even when the maleimide compound having a repeating unit number of 0 of the trimethylindan skeleton is contained in the photosensitive resin composition, the effect of the present invention can be obtained. In addition, when purification is omitted, cost can be suppressed. Among them, the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) is contained in the photosensitive Resin composition is preferred.

對於式(E2-3-5),平均重複單位數n 1以0.95以上為佳,較佳為0.98以上,更佳為1.0以上,特佳為1.1以上,以10.0以下為佳,較佳為8.0以下,更佳為7.0以下,特佳為6.0以下。平均重複單位數n 1若為前述範圍時,可顯著得到本發明之效果。特別可有效地提高感光性樹脂組成物之玻璃轉移溫度。 For formula (E2-3-5), the average number of repeating units n 1 is preferably 0.95 or more, preferably 0.98 or more, more preferably 1.0 or more, particularly preferably 1.1 or more, preferably 10.0 or less, more preferably 8.0 Below, it is more preferable that it is 7.0 or less, and it is especially preferable that it is 6.0 or less. When the average repeating unit number n 1 is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. In particular, the glass transition temperature of the photosensitive resin composition can be effectively increased.

作為式(E2-3-5)所示結構之例子,可舉出下述者。As an example of the structure represented by Formula (E2-3-5), the following are mentioned.

Figure 02_image059
Figure 02_image061
Figure 02_image063
Figure 02_image059
Figure 02_image061
Figure 02_image063

含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物可進一步含有以前述式(E2-3-4)所示結構。例如含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物中對於式(E2-3-5),n 2為3以下,且對於馬來醯亞胺基所鍵結的苯環之馬來醯亞胺基的鄰位及對位中,於2個以上未鍵結R 1時,可含有與式(E2-3-5)所示結構組合之式(E2-3-4)所示結構。 The maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) may further contain the structure represented by the aforementioned formula (E2-3-4). For example, in the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5), for the formula (E2-3-5), n 2 is 3 or less, and for the benzene bonded to the maleimide group In the ortho and para positions of the maleimide group of the ring, when two or more R 1 are not bonded, the formula (E2-3-4) combined with the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) may be included. ) shown in the structure.

含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物以由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定所算出的分子量分布Mw/Mn在特定範圍者為佳。分子量分布係將重量平均分子量Mw除以數平均分子量Mn而求得之值,以「Mw/Mn」表示。具體為含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物的分子量分布Mw/Mn以1.0~4.0為佳,較佳為1.1~3.8,更佳為1.2~3.6,特佳為1.3~3.4。含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之分子量分布Mw/Mn在前述範圍時,可顯著得到本發明之效果。The maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) is preferably one whose molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn calculated by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is within a specific range. The molecular weight distribution is a value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight Mw by the number average molecular weight Mn, and is represented by "Mw/Mn". Specifically, the molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn of the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) is preferably 1.0-4.0, preferably 1.1-3.8, more preferably 1.2-3.6, particularly preferably is 1.3 to 3.4. When the molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn of the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物中,平均重複單位數n 1為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量以在特定範圍者為佳。進行含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物的前述GPC測定時,平均重複單位數n 1為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量可依據該GPC測定之結果而以面積%表示。詳細為在以前述GPC測定所得之色譜中,對於含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物的吸收峰總面積,藉由平均重複單位數n 1為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的吸收峰面積比例(面積%),可表示平均重複單位數n 1為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量。具體為對於含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物的全量100面積%而言,平均重複單位數n 1為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物之量以32面積%以下為佳,較佳為30面積%以下,更佳為28面積%以下。平均重複單位數n 1為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物之量若為前述範圍時,可顯著得到本發明之效果。 Among the maleimide compounds having the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5), the amount of the maleimide compounds in which the average number of repeating units n 1 is 0 is preferably within a specific range. When carrying out the aforementioned GPC measurement of the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5), the amount of the maleimide compound whose average repeating unit number n is 0 can be determined according to the result of the GPC measurement It is expressed in area %. In detail, in the chromatogram obtained by the aforementioned GPC measurement, for the total area of the absorption peaks of the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5), the average repeating unit number n 1 is 0. The absorption peak area ratio (area %) of the maleimide compound can represent the amount of the maleimide compound in which the average repeating unit number n 1 is 0. Specifically, with respect to 100 area % of the total amount of the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5), the amount of the maleimide compound having an average repeating unit number n 1 of 0 is 32 area % % or less is preferable, preferably 30 area % or less, more preferably 28 area % or less. When the amount of the maleimide compound in which the average number of repeating units n 1 is 0 is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構之馬來醯亞胺化合物的馬來醯亞胺基當量若與上述(E2-3)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量在相同範圍者為佳。含有式(E2-3-5)所示結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之馬來醯亞胺基當量若在前述範圍時,可顯著得到本發明之效果。The maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) is preferably in the same range as the maleimide group equivalent of the above-mentioned (E2-3) component. . When the maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (E2-3-5) is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

作為(E2)成分之含有量,由可得到介電率及介電特性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分設定在100質量%時,以0.5質量%以上為佳,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為1.5質量%以上,以10質量%以下為佳,較佳為5質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以下。As the content of the component (E2), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product excellent in dielectric constant and dielectric properties, when the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is set to 100% by mass, it is 0.5% by mass The above is preferable, preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 1.5 mass % or more, preferably 10 mass % or less, preferably 5 mass % or less, more preferably 3 mass % or less.

((E3)乙烯基樹脂) 作為(E)成分的(E3)乙烯基樹脂與(A)成分之乙烯性不飽和基進行反應後,可得到介電率及介電損耗正切低之硬化物。但,(E3)乙烯基樹脂中未含有相當於上述(A)成分~(D)成分、(E1)成分及(E2)成分。(E3)乙烯基樹脂可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。 ((E3) Vinyl Resin) After the (E3) vinyl resin as the (E) component reacts with the ethylenically unsaturated group of the (A) component, a cured product having a low dielectric constant and a low dielectric loss tangent can be obtained. However, (E3) vinyl resin does not contain the components corresponding to the components (A) to (D), (E1) and (E2) described above. (E3) Vinyl resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(E3)乙烯基樹脂,可使用含有乙烯基(-CH=CH 2)之樹脂。於每乙烯基樹脂之1分子中的乙烯基數目可為1個,亦可為2個以上,以2個為佳。 As the (E3) vinyl resin, a vinyl group (-CH=CH 2 )-containing resin can be used. The number of vinyl groups per molecule of vinyl resin may be one, or two or more, preferably two.

(E3)乙烯基樹脂若具有乙烯基(-CH=CH 2)即可,例如亦含有乙烯基、乙烯基苯基、烯丙基,及馬來醯基之樹脂的概念。 (E3) The vinyl resin should just have a vinyl group (-CH=CH 2 ), for example, the concept of a resin that also contains a vinyl group, a vinyl phenyl group, an allyl group, and a maleic group.

乙烯基樹脂若為含有乙烯基之樹脂即可。作為(E3)乙烯基樹脂,以選自以下之1種以上者為佳。 (E3-1)含有聚伸苯基醚骨架的乙烯基樹脂、 (E3-2)含有聚乙烯骨架的乙烯基樹脂,及 (E3-3)含有烯丙基的樹脂。 The vinyl resin may be a resin containing a vinyl group. As (E3) vinyl resin, one or more selected from the following are preferable. (E3-1) Vinyl resin containing polyphenylene ether skeleton, (E3-2) vinyl resins containing a polyethylene backbone, and (E3-3) Resin containing an allyl group.

-(E3-1)成分- (E3-1)成分為含有聚伸苯基醚骨架之乙烯基樹脂。作為(E3-1)成分,可舉出下述式(E3-1-1)所示化合物。

Figure 02_image065
-Component (E3-1)- The component (E3-1) is a vinyl resin containing a polyphenylene ether skeleton. As (E3-1) component, the compound represented by following formula (E3-1-1) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image065

對於(式(E3-1-1),L 1表示2價連結基;R B11、R B12、R B13、R B21、R B22及R B23各獨立表示氫原子或烷基;R B14、R B15、R B24及R B25各獨立表示烷基;R B16及R B26各獨立表示伸烷基;m b11及m b21各獨立表示0或1;m b12、m b13、m b22及m b23各獨立表示0~4的整數;m b14及m b24各獨立表示0~300的整數;m b15及m b25各獨立表示0或1)。 For (formula (E3-1-1), L 1 represents a divalent linking group; R B11 , R B12 , R B13 , R B21 , R B22 and R B23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R B14 , R B15 , R B24 and R B25 each independently represent an alkyl group; R B16 and R B26 each independently represent an alkylene group; m b11 and m b21 each independently represent 0 or 1; m b12 , m b13 , m b22 and m b23 each independently represent An integer of 0 to 4; m b14 and m b24 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 300; m b15 and m b25 each independently represent 0 or 1).

對於式(E3-1-1),L 1表示2價連結基。作為2價連結基,例如可舉出伸烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基、烷基伸芳基、雜伸芳基、-O-、-NH-、-NR x-、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-C(=O)O-、-NHC(=O)-、-NC(=O)N-、 -NHC(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-S-以及組合複數個此等之基。R x表示碳原子數1~12的烴基(Hydrocarbyl)。L 1的碳原子數通常60以下為佳,較佳為48以下,更佳為36以下,特佳為24以下。 In formula (E3-1-1), L 1 represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include alkylene, alkenylene, aryl, alkyl aryl, heteroaryl, -O-, -NH-, -NR x -, -CO-, - CS-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -C(=O)O-, -NHC(=O)-, -NC(=O)N-, -NHC(=O)O-, -C( =O)-, -S- and combining a plurality of these bases. R x represents a hydrocarbon group (Hydrocarbyl) having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of L 1 is usually preferably 60 or less, preferably 48 or less, more preferably 36 or less, and particularly preferably 24 or less.

對於式(E3-1-1),R B11、R B12、R B13、R B21、R B22及R B23各獨立表示氫原子或烷基。R B11、R B12、R B13、R B21、R B22及R B23與式(E3-1-1)中之R A1、R A2及R A3為相同。其中R B11及R B21以氫原子或甲基為佳,R B12、R B13、R B22及R B23以氫原子為較佳。 In formula (E3-1-1), R B11 , R B12 , R B13 , R B21 , R B22 and R B23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R B11 , R B12 , R B13 , R B21 , R B22 and R B23 are the same as R A1 , R A2 and R A3 in the formula (E3-1-1). Among them, R B11 and R B21 are preferably hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, and R B12 , R B13 , R B22 and R B23 are preferably hydrogen atoms.

對於式(E3-1-1),R B14、R B15、R B24及R B25各獨立表示烷基。烷基的碳原子數以1~12為佳,較佳為1~6,更佳為1~2。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一者。作為烷基的例子,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、t-丁基等。其中R B14、R B15、R B24及R B25亦以甲基為佳。 In formula (E3-1-1), R B14 , R B15 , R B24 and R B25 each independently represent an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-12, preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-2. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl and the like. Among them, R B14 , R B15 , R B24 and R B25 are also preferably methyl groups.

對於式(E3-1-1),R B16及R B26各獨立表示伸烷基。伸烷基的碳原子數,以1~10為佳,較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。作為伸烷基,以直鏈伸烷基為佳,以亞甲基為較佳。 In formula (E3-1-1), R B16 and R B26 each independently represent an alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1-10, preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. As the alkylene group, straight-chain alkylene groups are preferred, and methylene groups are preferred.

對於式(E3-1-1),m b11及m b21各獨立表示0或1。 In formula (E3-1-1), m b11 and m b21 each independently represent 0 or 1.

對於式(E3-1-1),m b12、m b13、m b22及m b23各獨立表示0~4的整數。m b12、m b13、m b22及m b23以1~4為佳,較佳為2~3,特佳為2。 In formula (E3-1-1), m b12 , m b13 , m b22 and m b23 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. Preferably, m b12 , m b13 , m b22 and m b23 are 1 to 4, preferably 2 to 3, and particularly preferably 2.

對於式(E3-1-1),m b14及m b24各獨立表示0~300的整數。詳細而言,m b14及m b24通常0以上,以1以上為佳,通常300以下,以100以下為佳,較佳為50以下,更佳為20以下,特佳為10以下。 In formula (E3-1-1), m b14 and m b24 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 300. Specifically, m b14 and m b24 are usually 0 or more, preferably 1 or more, usually 300 or less, preferably 100 or less, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 20 or less, particularly preferably 10 or less.

對於式(E3-1-1),m b15及m b25各獨立表示0或1。m b11為0時,m b15以1為佳,m b11為1時,m b15以0為佳。又,m b21為0時,m b25以1為佳,m b21為1時,m b25以0為佳。 In formula (E3-1-1), m b15 and m b25 each independently represent 0 or 1. When m b11 is 0, m b15 is preferably 1, and when m b11 is 1, m b15 is preferably 0. In addition, when m b21 is 0, it is preferable that m b25 is 1, and when m b21 is 1, it is preferable that m b25 is 0.

若要舉出式(E3-1-1)所示化合物之較佳例子時,可舉出下述式(E3-1-2)所示化合物。When a preferable example of the compound represented by the formula (E3-1-1) is given, the compound represented by the following formula (E3-1-2) can be given.

Figure 02_image067
(對於式(E3-1-2),L 2表示2價連結基;R C15及R C25各獨立表示烷基;R C16及R C26各獨立表示伸烷基;m c14及m c24各獨立表示0~300的整數)
Figure 02_image067
(For formula (E3-1-2), L 2 represents a divalent linking group; R C15 and R C25 each independently represent an alkyl group; R C16 and R C26 each independently represent an alkylene group; m c14 and m c24 each independently represent Integer from 0 to 300)

對於式(E3-1-2),L 2表示2價連結基。L 2可與式(E3-1-1)中之L 1相同。其中,L 2亦以下述式(E3-1-3)所示2價基為佳。 In formula (E3-1-2), L 2 represents a divalent linking group. L 2 may be the same as L 1 in formula (E3-1-1). Among them, L 2 is also preferably a divalent group represented by the following formula (E3-1-3).

Figure 02_image069
(對於式(E3-1-3),X 1~X 8各獨立表示氫原子、碳原子數1~6的烷基或苯基。*表示鍵結部位)
Figure 02_image069
(For formula (E3-1-3), X 1 to X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. * represents a bonding site.)

對於式(E3-1-2),R C15及R C25各獨立表示烷基。R C15及R C25可與式(E3-1-1)中之R B14相同。其中,R C15及R C25亦以甲基為佳。 In formula (E3-1-2), R C15 and R C25 each independently represent an alkyl group. R C15 and R C25 may be the same as R B14 in formula (E3-1-1). Among them, R C15 and R C25 are also preferably methyl groups.

對於式(E3-1-2),R C16及R C26各獨立表示伸烷基。R C16及R C26可與式(E3-1-1)中之R B16及R B26相同。其中,R C16及R C26亦以亞甲基為較佳。 In formula (E3-1-2), R C16 and R C26 each independently represent an alkylene group. R C16 and R C26 may be the same as R B16 and R B26 in formula (E3-1-1). Among them, R C16 and R C26 are also preferably methylene groups.

對於式(E3-1-2),m c14及m c24各獨立表示0~300的整數。m c14及m c24可與式(E3-1-1)中之m b14及m b24相同。又,對於式(E3-1-2),較佳為除去m c14及m c24的一方為0之構成。 In formula (E3-1-2), m c14 and m c24 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 300. m c14 and m c24 may be the same as m b14 and m b24 in formula (E3-1-1). In addition, in the formula (E3-1-2), a configuration in which one of m c14 and m c24 is excluded is preferably 0.

作為式(E3-1-2)所示化合物,例如可舉出下述式(E3-1-4)所示化合物。對於式(E3-1-4),m c14及m c24表示與式(E3-1-2)相同數。式(E3-1-4)所示化合物可使用三菱瓦斯化學公司製之「OPE-2St」。 As a compound represented by formula (E3-1-2), a compound represented by the following formula (E3-1-4) is mentioned, for example. In the formula (E3-1-4), m c14 and m c24 represent the same numbers as in the formula (E3-1-2). As the compound represented by the formula (E3-1-4), "OPE-2St" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used.

Figure 02_image071
若要舉出式(E3-1-1)所示化合物之其他較佳例子,可舉出下述式(E3-1-5)所示化合物。
Figure 02_image071
Other preferable examples of the compound represented by the formula (E3-1-1) include the compound represented by the following formula (E3-1-5).

Figure 02_image073
(對於式(E3-1-5),L 3表示2價連結基;R D11及R D21各獨立表示氫原子或烷基;R D14、R D15、R D24及R D25各獨立表示烷基;m d14及m d24各獨立表示0~300的整數)
Figure 02_image073
(For formula (E3-1-5), L 3 represents a divalent linking group; R D11 and R D21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R D14 , R D15 , R D24 and R D25 each independently represent an alkyl group; m d14 and m d24 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 300)

對於式(E3-1-5),L 3表示2價連結基。L 3可與式(B2)中之L 1相同。其中,L 3亦以選自由伸烷基、伸烯基、-O-、-NR x-、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-SO 2-所成群的任一者為佳,以伸烷基為佳,以異亞丙基(-C(CH 3) 2-)為特佳。 In formula (E3-1-5), L 3 represents a divalent linking group. L 3 may be the same as L 1 in formula (B2). Wherein, L 3 is also preferably any one selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, -O-, -NR x -, -CO-, -CS-, -SO-, -SO 2 - , alkylene is preferred, isopropylidene (-C(CH 3 ) 2 -) is particularly preferred.

對於式(E3-1-5),R D11及R D21各獨立表示氫原子或烷基。R D11及R D21可與式(E3-1-1)中之R B11及R B21相同。其中,R D11及R D21亦以甲基為佳。 In formula (E3-1-5), R D11 and R D21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R D11 and R D21 may be the same as R B11 and R B21 in formula (E3-1-1). Among them, R D11 and R D21 are also preferably methyl groups.

對於式(E3-1-5),R D14、R D15、R D24及R D25各獨立表示烷基。R D14、R D15、R D24及R D25可與式(E3-1-1)中之R B14相同。其中,R D14、R D15、R D24及R D25亦以甲基為佳。 In formula (E3-1-5), R D14 , R D15 , R D24 and R D25 each independently represent an alkyl group. R D14 , R D15 , R D24 and R D25 may be the same as R B14 in formula (E3-1-1). Among them, R D14 , R D15 , R D24 and R D25 are also preferably methyl groups.

對於式(E3-1-5),m d14及m d24各獨立表示0~300的整數。m d14及m d24可與式(E3-1-1)中之m b14及m b24相同。又,m b14及m b24之合計以2以上者為佳。 In formula (E3-1-5), m d14 and m d24 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 300. m d14 and m d24 may be the same as m b14 and m b24 in formula (E3-1-1). In addition, the sum of m b14 and m b24 is preferably 2 or more.

作為式(E3-1-5)所示化合物,例如可舉出下述式(E3-1-6)所示化合物。對於式(E3-1-6),L 3、m d14及m d24可與式(E3-1-5)相同。式(E3-1-4)所示化合物可使用SABIC公司製之「NORYL SA9000」。 As a compound represented by formula (E3-1-5), a compound represented by the following formula (E3-1-6) is mentioned, for example. For formula (E3-1-6), L 3 , m d14 and m d24 may be the same as formula (E3-1-5). As the compound represented by the formula (E3-1-4), "NORYL SA9000" manufactured by SABIC can be used.

Figure 02_image075
Figure 02_image075

-(E3-2)成分- (E3-2)成分為含有聚乙烯骨架之乙烯基樹脂。作為(E3-2)成分,可舉出下述式下述式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位的聚合物。

Figure 02_image077
-Component (E3-2)- The component (E3-2) is a vinyl resin containing a polyethylene skeleton. As (E3-2) component, the polymer of the structural unit represented by following formula (E3-2-1) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image077

對於(式(E3-2-1),R E1、R E2及R E3各獨立表示氫原子或烷基;R E4各獨立表示烷基;R E5、R E6及R E7各獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基;m e1表示0或1;m e2表示0~4的整數;*表示鍵結部位。) For (formula (E3-2-1), R E1 , R E2 and R E3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R E4 each independently represents an alkyl group; R E5 , R E6 and R E7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; m e1 represents 0 or 1; m e2 represents an integer of 0 to 4; * represents a bonding site.)

對於式(E3-2-1),R E1、R E2及R E3各獨立表示氫原子或烷基。烷基之碳原子數,以1~18為佳,較佳為1~12,更佳為1~6,特佳為1~2。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀中任一者。作為烷基之例子,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、t-丁基等。其中,R E1、R E2及R E3亦以氫原子為佳。 In formula (E3-2-1), R E1 , R E2 and R E3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-18, preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-6, particularly preferably 1-2. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl and the like. Among them, R E1 , R E2 and R E3 are also preferably hydrogen atoms.

對於式(E3-2-1),R E4各獨立表示烷基。R E4可與式(E3-1-1)中之R B14相同。 For formula (E3-2-1), R E4 each independently represents an alkyl group. R E4 may be the same as R B14 in formula (E3-1-1).

對於式(E3-2-1),R E5、R E6及R E7各獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基。其中,R E5、R E6及R E7亦以氫原子為佳。 In formula (E3-2-1), R E5 , R E6 and R E7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Among them, R E5 , R E6 and R E7 are also preferably hydrogen atoms.

對於式(E3-2-1),m e1表示0或1,以0為佳。 In the formula (E3-2-1), m e1 represents 0 or 1, preferably 0.

對於式(E3-2-1),m e2表示0~4的整數,以0為佳。 In formula (E3-2-1), m e2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0.

相對於含有式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位之聚合物所含的全結構單位之合計100莫耳%而言,式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位之莫耳含有率以設定在特定範圍者為佳。具體而言,式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位之莫耳含有率以2莫耳%~95莫耳%者為佳,以8莫耳%~81莫耳%者為較佳。又,前述聚合物1分子所含的式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位之平均數以1~160者為佳,以3~140者為較佳。The molar content of the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-1) relative to the total 100 mol% of all the structural units contained in the polymer containing the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-1) It is better to set it within a specific range. Specifically, the molar content of the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-1) is preferably 2 mol % to 95 mol %, and more preferably 8 mol % to 81 mol %. In addition, the average number of the structural units represented by the formula (E3-2-1) contained in one molecule of the polymer is preferably 1 to 160, and more preferably 3 to 140.

含有式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位的聚合物可進一步含有組合式(E3-2-1)所示結構單位之任意結構單位。作為任意結構單位,例如可舉出下述式(E3-2-2)所示結構單位。

Figure 02_image079
對於(式(E3-2-2),R E8、R E9及R E10各獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基。Ar E1表示可具有取代基之芳基。作為Ar E1可具有的取代基,可舉出碳原子數1~6的烷基。*表示鍵結部位) The polymer containing the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-1) may further contain any structural unit combining the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-1). As an arbitrary structural unit, a structural unit represented by following formula (E3-2-2) is mentioned, for example.
Figure 02_image079
In the formula (E3-2-2), R E8 , R E9 and R E10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Ar E1 represents an optionally substituted aryl group. As Ar E1 , it may have The substituents of , include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * indicates a bonding site)

作為含有式(E3-2-2)所示結構單位的聚合物,例如可舉出含有下述式(E3-2-3)所示結構單位、下述式(E3-2-4)所示結構單位與下述式(E3-2-5)所示結構單位之組合的共聚物。對於式(E3-2-3)、式(E3-2-4)及式(E3-2-5),*表示鍵結部位。對於該共聚物,式(E3-2-3)所示結構單位、式(E3-2-4)所示結構單位,及式(E3-2-5)所示結構單位之莫耳含有率各為8莫耳%~54莫耳%、0莫耳%~92莫耳%、0莫耳%~89莫耳%。又,該共聚物1分子所含有的式(E3-2-3)所示結構單位、式(E3-2-4)所示結構單位,及式(E3-2-5)所示結構單位之平均數各為1~160、0~350及0~270。該共聚物可使用NipponSteelChemicals&material公司製之「ODV-XET(X03)」、「ODV-XET(X04)」及「ODV-XET(X05)」。

Figure 02_image081
Examples of polymers containing a structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-2) include those containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (E3-2-3) and those represented by the following formula (E3-2-4). A copolymer of a combination of a structural unit and a structural unit represented by the following formula (E3-2-5). In the formula (E3-2-3), the formula (E3-2-4), and the formula (E3-2-5), * represents a bonding site. For this copolymer, the molar contents of the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-3), the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-4), and the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-5) are respectively It is 8 mol% to 54 mol%, 0 mol% to 92 mol%, and 0 mol% to 89 mol%. In addition, the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-3), the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-4), and the structural unit represented by the formula (E3-2-5) contained in 1 molecule of the copolymer. The average numbers are 1 to 160, 0 to 350, and 0 to 270, respectively. As the copolymer, "ODV-XET(X03)", "ODV-XET(X04)" and "ODV-XET(X05)" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemicals & Materials Co., Ltd. can be used.
Figure 02_image081

(E3-2)成分可單獨使用1種類,亦可將2種類以上以任意比率組合而使用。(E3-2) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used combining two or more types by arbitrary ratios.

(E3-2)成分的乙烯基當量,以250g/eq.~1200g/eq.為佳,較佳為300g/eq.~1100g/eq.。自由基聚合性不飽和基當量表示每乙烯基1當量的自由基聚合性芳香族樹脂之質量。(E3-2)成分之自由基聚合性不飽和基當量為前述範圍時,可顯著得到本發明之效果。The vinyl equivalent of the component (E3-2) is preferably 250 g/eq. to 1200 g/eq., more preferably 300 g/eq. to 1100 g/eq. The radically polymerizable unsaturated group equivalent represents the mass of the radically polymerizable aromatic resin per 1 equivalent of vinyl groups. When the radically polymerizable unsaturated group equivalent of the component (E3-2) is in the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

(E3-2)成分之重量平均分子量,以1000~40000為佳,較佳為1500~35000。樹脂之重量平均分子量係由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法,測定出聚苯乙烯換算之值。The weight average molecular weight of the component (E3-2) is preferably 1,000 to 40,000, more preferably 1,500 to 35,000. The weight-average molecular weight of the resin was measured in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

-(E3-3)成分- 所謂含有(E3-3)烯丙基之樹脂表示分子中至少具有1個烯丙基之樹脂。(E3-3)成分以每1分子中具有1個以上烯丙基者為佳,以具有2個以上烯丙基者為較佳。下限雖無特別限制,以10個以下為佳,較佳為5個以下。 -(E3-3) Ingredient- The so-called (E3-3) allyl-containing resin refers to a resin having at least one allyl group in the molecule. The component (E3-3) preferably has one or more allyl groups per molecule, and more preferably has two or more allyl groups. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less.

又,(E3-3)成分由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,除烯丙基以外,亦以具有苯並噁嗪環、酚環、異三聚氰酸環、環氧基,及具有環狀結構之羧酸衍生物中任一者為佳。In addition, the component (E3-3) also has a benzoxazine ring, a phenol ring, an isocyanuric acid ring, an epoxy group in addition to an allyl group from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. , and any one of carboxylic acid derivatives having a cyclic structure is preferred.

具有苯並噁嗪環的(E3-3)成分以與苯並噁嗪環之氮原子及苯環中任一者進行鍵結者為佳,以與氮原子進行鍵結者為較佳。The component (E3-3) having a benzoxazine ring is preferably one bonded to either a nitrogen atom of the benzoxazine ring or a benzene ring, and preferably one bonded to a nitrogen atom.

作為具有酚環的(E3-3)成分,例如可舉出含有烯丙基的甲酚樹脂、含有烯丙基的酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、含有烯丙基的甲酚酚醛清漆樹脂等。As (E3-3) component which has a phenol ring, the allyl group containing cresol resin, the allyl group containing novolak-type phenol resin, the allyl group containing cresol novolak resin, etc. are mentioned, for example.

具有異氰尿酸結構的(E3-3)成分以異氰尿酸結構的氮原子與烯丙基直接鍵結者為佳。作為具有異氰尿酸結構的(E3-4)成分,可舉出異氰脲酸烯丙基、異氰脲酸二烯丙基、異氰脲酸三烯丙基等。As the component (E3-3) having an isocyanuric acid structure, it is preferable that the nitrogen atom of the isocyanuric acid structure is directly bonded to an allyl group. As (E3-4) component which has an isocyanuric acid structure, an isocyanuric-acid allyl group, an isocyanuric-acid diallyl, an isocyanuric-acid triallyl, etc. are mentioned.

具有環氧基的(E3-3)成分係以1分子中具有2個以上環氧基者為佳。又,具有環氧基之(E3-3)成分,以具有芳香族結構者為佳,在環氧基使用2種以上(E3-3)成分時,至少1種具有芳香族結構者為較佳。所謂芳香族結構,一般表示定義為芳香族之化學結構,亦包含多環芳香族及芳香族雜環。作為具有環氧基的(E3-3)成分,以具有雙酚結構者為佳,作為雙酚結構,例如可舉出雙酚A型、雙酚F型、雙酚AF型等。The component (E3-3) having an epoxy group is preferably one having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. In addition, the (E3-3) component having an epoxy group is preferably one having an aromatic structure, and when two or more (E3-3) components are used in the epoxy group, at least one having an aromatic structure is preferred . The so-called aromatic structure generally refers to a chemical structure defined as aromatic, and also includes polycyclic aromatic and aromatic heterocycles. As (E3-3) component which has an epoxy group, what has a bisphenol structure is preferable, and as a bisphenol structure, a bisphenol A type, a bisphenol F type, a bisphenol AF type, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為含有具有環狀結構的羧酸衍生物之(E3-3)成分,以具有環狀結構之羧酸烯丙基為佳。作為環狀結構,可為含有脂環式結構之環狀基及含有芳香環結構之環狀基中任一者。又,環狀基係可由碳原子以外的雜原子構成環骨架者。作為雜原子,例如可舉出氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等,以氮原子為佳。雜原子可於前述環中具有1個,亦可具有2個以上。As the component (E3-3) containing a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure, an allyl carboxylate having a cyclic structure is preferable. The cyclic structure may be any of a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure and a cyclic group containing an aromatic ring structure. In addition, the cyclic group may constitute a ring skeleton by a hetero atom other than a carbon atom. As a hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc. are mentioned, for example, A nitrogen atom is preferable. The hetero atom may have one in the said ring, and may have two or more.

作為具有環狀結構的羧酸,例如可舉出異氰脲酸、苯甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸、環己烷二羧酸等。作為含有具有環狀結構的羧酸衍生物之(E3-3)成分,例如可舉出異氰脲酸烯丙基、異氰脲酸二烯丙基、異氰脲酸三烯丙基、苯甲酸二烯丙基、苯甲酸烯丙基、鄰二烯丙基鄰苯二甲酸酯、間二烯丙基鄰苯二甲酸酯、對二烯丙基鄰苯二甲酸酯、環己烷二羧酸烯丙基、環己烷二羧酸二烯丙基等。Examples of the carboxylic acid having a cyclic structure include isocyanuric acid, benzoic acid, phthalic acid, and cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid. Examples of the component (E3-3) containing a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure include allyl isocyanurate, diallyl isocyanurate, triallyl isocyanurate, and benzene. Diallyl formate, allyl benzoate, ortho-diallyl phthalate, meta-diallyl phthalate, p-diallyl phthalate, cyclohexyl Alkanedicarboxylate allyl, cyclohexanedicarboxylate diallyl, etc.

(E3-3)成分可使用販售品。作為販售品,例如可舉出明和化成公司製「MEH-8000H」、「MEH-8005」(具有酚環的(E3-3)成分);日本化藥公司製「RE-810NM」(具有環氧基的(E3-3)成分);四國化成工業公司製「ALP-d」(具有苯並噁嗪環的(E3-3)成分);四國化成工業公司製「L-DAIC」(具有異三聚氰酸環的(E3-3)成分);日本化成公司製「TAIC」(具有異三聚氰酸環的(E3-3)成分(三烯丙基異氰脲酸酯));大阪蘇打公司製「MDAC」(具有環己烷二羧酸衍生物的(E3-3)成分);NikkeiTechnoFineChemistry公司製「DAD」(苯甲酸二烯丙基);大阪蘇打公司製「DaisoDupMonomer」(鄰二烯丙基鄰苯二甲酸酯)等。The component (E3-3) can be sold as a component. Examples of commercial products include "MEH-8000H" and "MEH-8005" (component (E3-3) with a phenolic ring) manufactured by Meiwa Chemical Co., Ltd.; "RE-810NM" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Oxygen (E3-3) component); Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "ALP-d" ((E3-3) component with a benzoxazine ring); Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "L-DAIC" ( (E3-3) component with isocyanuric acid ring); "TAIC" manufactured by Nippon Chemicals Corporation ((E3-3) component with isocyanuric acid ring (triallyl isocyanurate)) ; Osaka Soda Co., Ltd. "MDAC" ((E3-3) component with cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid derivatives); Nikkei TechnoFineChemistry Co., Ltd. "DAD" (diallyl benzoate); Osaka Soda Co., Ltd. "DaisoDupMonomer" o-diallyl phthalate), etc.

(E3-3)成分之烯丙基當量,由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,以20g/eq.~1000g/eq.為佳,較佳為50g/eq.~500g/eq.,更佳為100g/eq.~300g/eq.。烯丙基當量為含有1當量之烯丙基的(E3-3)成分之質量。The allyl equivalent of the component (E3-3) is preferably 20 g/eq. to 1000 g/eq., more preferably 50 g/eq. to 500 g/eq, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ., more preferably 100g/eq.~300g/eq.. The allyl equivalent is the mass of the component (E3-3) containing 1 equivalent of allyl.

作為(E3)成分之含有量,由可得到優異介電率及介電特性之硬化物的觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,以15質量%以下為佳,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下。As the content of the component (E3), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with excellent dielectric constant and dielectric properties, the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is 100 mass %, and the content is 1 mass % or more. More preferably, it is 1.5 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, more preferably 15 mass % or less, preferably 10 mass % or less, and more preferably 8 mass % or less.

作為(E)成分,由可得到介電率及介電損耗正切優異的硬化物之觀點來看,以含有選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂,及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上者為佳,以含有活性酯樹脂者為較佳,以含有活性酯樹脂與選自馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂者為更佳。As the component (E), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, one or more selected from active ester resins, maleimide resins, and vinyl resins More preferably, those containing an active ester resin are more preferable, and those containing an active ester resin and one or more resins selected from the group consisting of maleimide resins and vinyl resins are more preferable.

作為(E)成分之合計含有量,由可得到介電率及介電特性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以1質量%以上為佳,較佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,以20質量%以下為佳,較佳為15質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下。As the total content of the component (E), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product excellent in dielectric constant and dielectric properties, the nonvolatile content in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100% by mass, and the amount is 1% by mass. The above is preferable, preferably 1.5 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, preferably 20 mass % or less, preferably 15 mass % or less, more preferably 10 mass % or less.

<(F)硬化促進劑> 感光性樹脂組成物除上述成分以外,亦可進一步含有作為任意成分的(F)硬化促進劑。(F)成分可單獨使用1種類,亦可組合2種類以上而使用。 <(F) Hardening accelerator> In addition to the above-mentioned components, the photosensitive resin composition may further contain (F) a curing accelerator as an optional component. (F) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(F)成分,例如可舉出磷系硬化促進劑、胺系硬化促進劑、咪唑系硬化促進劑、胍系硬化促進劑、金屬系硬化促進劑等。As (F) component, a phosphorus type hardening accelerator, an amine type hardening accelerator, an imidazole type hardening accelerator, a guanidine type hardening accelerator, a metal type hardening accelerator, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為磷系硬化促進劑,例如可舉出三苯基膦、鏻硼酸鹽化合物、四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、n-丁基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、四丁基鏻癸烷酸鹽、(4-甲基苯基)三苯基鏻硫氰酸酯、四苯基鏻硫氰酸酯、丁基三苯基鏻硫氰酸酯等,以三苯基膦、四丁基鏻癸烷酸鹽為佳。Examples of phosphorus-based curing accelerators include triphenylphosphine, phosphonium borate compounds, tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, n-butylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, and tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate , (4-methylphenyl) triphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, tetraphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, butyl triphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, etc., with triphenylphosphine, tetrabutylphosphonium decane Alkanoates are preferred.

作為胺系硬化促進劑,例如可舉出三乙基胺、三丁基胺等三烷基胺、4-二甲基胺基吡啶、苯甲基二甲基胺、2,4,6,-參(二甲基胺基甲基)酚、1,8-二氮雜雙環(5,4,0)-十一碳烯等,以4-二甲基胺基吡啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環(5,4,0)-十一碳烯為佳。Examples of the amine-based curing accelerator include trialkylamines such as triethylamine and tributylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6,- ginseng (dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, 1,8-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)-undecene, etc., with 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 1,8-diaza Heterobicyclo(5,4,0)-undecene is preferred.

作為咪唑系硬化促進劑,例如可舉出2-甲基咪唑、2-十一烷基咪唑、2-十七烷基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、1-苯甲基-2-甲基咪唑、1-苯甲基-2-苯基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-甲基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-十一烷基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-苯基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-十一烷基咪唑鎓偏苯三酸酯、1-氰基乙基-2-苯基咪唑鎓偏苯三酸酯、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-十一烷基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-乙基-4’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三嗪異氰脲酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑異氰脲酸加成物、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑、2,3-二氫-1H-吡咯並[1,2-a]苯並咪唑、1-十二烷基-2-甲基-3-苯甲基咪唑鎓氯化物、2-甲基咪唑啉、2-苯基咪唑啉等咪唑化合物及咪唑化合物與環氧樹脂之加成體,以2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1-苯甲基-2-苯基咪唑為佳。Examples of imidazole-based curing accelerators include 2-methylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-heptadecylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, and 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole. Imidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-methyl Imidazole, 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2 -Ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazolium trimellitate, 1-cyanoethyl -2-Phenylimidazolium trimellitate, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4- Diamino-6-[2'-undecylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-ethyl-4' -Methylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s- Triazine isocyanuric acid adduct, 2-phenylimidazole isocyanuric acid adduct, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5- Hydroxymethylimidazole, 2,3-Dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole, 1-dodecyl-2-methyl-3-benzylimidazolium chloride, 2 - imidazole compounds such as methylimidazoline, 2-phenylimidazoline, and adducts of imidazole compounds and epoxy resins, with 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole better.

作為咪唑系硬化促進劑,可使用販售品,例如可舉出三菱化學公司製之「P200-H50」等。As an imidazole type hardening accelerator, a commercial item can be used, for example, "P200-H50" by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation etc. are mentioned.

作為胍系硬化促進劑,例如可舉出二氰二胺、1-甲基胍、1-乙基胍、1-環己基胍、1-苯基胍、1-(鄰甲苯基)胍、二甲基胍、二苯基胍、三甲基胍、四甲基胍、五甲基胍、1,5,7-三氮雜聯環[4.4.0]癸-5-烯、7-甲基-1,5,7-三氮雜聯環[4.4.0]癸-5-烯、1-甲基雙胍、1-乙基雙胍、1-n-丁基雙胍、1-n-十八烷基雙胍、1,1-二甲基雙胍、1,1-二乙基雙胍、1-環己基雙胍、1-烯丙基雙胍、1-苯基雙胍、1-(鄰甲苯基)雙胍等,以二氰二胺、1,5,7-三氮雜聯環[4.4.0]癸-5-烯為佳。Examples of guanidine-based curing accelerators include dicyandiamide, 1-methylguanidine, 1-ethylguanidine, 1-cyclohexylguanidine, 1-phenylguanidine, 1-(o-tolyl)guanidine, dicyandiamide, and dicyandiamide. Methylguanidine, diphenylguanidine, trimethylguanidine, tetramethylguanidine, pentamethylguanidine, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene, 7-methyl -1,5,7-Triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene, 1-methyl biguanide, 1-ethyl biguanide, 1-n-butyl biguanide, 1-n-octadecane yl biguanide, 1,1-dimethyl biguanide, 1,1-diethyl biguanide, 1-cyclohexyl biguanide, 1-allyl biguanide, 1-phenyl biguanide, 1-(o-tolyl) biguanide, etc., Dicyandiamide and 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene are preferred.

作為金屬系硬化促進劑,例如可舉出鈷、銅、鋅、鐵、鎳、錳、錫等金屬的有機金屬錯體或有機金屬鹽。作為有機金屬錯體之具體例子,可舉出鈷(II)乙醯丙酮、鈷(III)乙醯丙酮等有機鈷錯體、銅(II)乙醯丙酮等有機銅錯體、鋅(II)乙醯丙酮等有機鋅錯體、鐵(III)乙醯丙酮等有機鐵錯體、鎳(II)乙醯丙酮等有機鎳錯體、錳(II)乙醯丙酮等有機錳錯體等。作為有機金屬鹽,例如可舉出辛基酸鋅、辛基酸錫、環烷烴酸鋅、環烷烴酸鈷、硬脂酸錫、硬脂酸鋅等。Examples of metal-based hardening accelerators include organometallic complexes or organometallic salts of metals such as cobalt, copper, zinc, iron, nickel, manganese, and tin. Specific examples of the organometallic complex include organocobalt complexes such as cobalt(II) acetylacetone and cobalt(III) acetylacetone, organic copper complexes such as copper(II) acetylacetone, and zinc(II) Organic zinc complexes such as acetylacetone, organic iron complexes such as iron(III) acetylacetone, organic nickel complexes such as nickel(II) acetylacetone, organic manganese complexes such as manganese(II) acetylacetone, etc. As an organometallic salt, zinc octylate, tin octylate, zinc naphthenate, cobalt naphthenate, tin stearate, zinc stearate, etc. are mentioned, for example.

(F)成分之含有量,由可顯著得到本發明之所望效果的觀點來看,將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時,以0.001質量%以上為佳,較佳為0.005質量%以上,更佳為0.01質量%以上,以0.15質量%以下為佳,較佳為0.1質量%以下,更佳為0.05質量%以下。The content of the component (F) is preferably 0.001 mass % or more, preferably 0.001 mass % or more, when the non-volatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100 mass % from the viewpoint that the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. 0.005 mass % or more, more preferably 0.01 mass % or more, preferably 0.15 mass % or less, preferably 0.1 mass % or less, more preferably 0.05 mass % or less.

<(G)溶劑> 感光性樹脂組成物中可進一步含有作為任意成分的(G)溶劑。可藉由含有(G)溶劑而調整塗漆黏度。作為(G)溶劑,可舉出有機溶劑。 <(G) Solvent> The (G) solvent as an optional component may be further contained in the photosensitive resin composition. Paint viscosity can be adjusted by containing (G) solvent. As (G) solvent, an organic solvent is mentioned.

作為(G)溶劑,例如可舉出乙基甲基酮(MEK)、環己酮等酮類;甲苯、二甲苯、四甲基苯等芳香族烴類;二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯(EDGAc)、甲基溶纖劑、丁基溶纖劑、甲基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二丙二醇二乙基醚、三乙二醇單乙基醚等乙二醇醚類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯、卡必醇乙酸酯、乙基二甘醇乙酸酯等酯類;辛烷、癸烷等之脂肪族烴類;石油醚、石腦油、氫化石腦油、溶劑石腦油等石油系溶劑等。此等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上而使用。使用溶劑時的含有量,可由感光性樹脂組成物之塗布性的觀點而適宜地調整。Examples of the solvent (G) include ketones such as ethyl methyl ketone (MEK) and cyclohexanone; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and tetramethylbenzene; and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ether. Ester (EDGAc), methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol diethyl ether, triethyl ether Glycol ethers such as glycol monoethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, carbitol acetate, ethyl diethylene glycol acetate and other esters; octane, Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as decane; petroleum-based solvents such as petroleum ether, naphtha, hydrogenated naphtha, solvent naphtha, etc. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The content in the case of using the solvent can be appropriately adjusted from the viewpoint of the coatability of the photosensitive resin composition.

<(H)其他添加劑> 感光性樹脂組成物在不阻礙本發明之目的的程度下,可進一步含有(H)其他添加劑。作為(H)其他添加劑,例如可添加反應性稀釋劑、熱塑性樹脂、有機填充材、三聚氰胺、有機膨潤土等微粒子、酞菁藍、酞菁綠、碘・綠、重氮黃、水晶紫、氧化鈦、碳黑、萘黑等著色劑、氫醌、吩噻嗪、甲基氫醌、氫醌單甲基醚、鄰苯二酚、鄰苯三酚等聚合禁止劑、本頓(Benton)、蒙脫石等增黏劑、矽氧系、氟系、乙烯基樹脂系消泡劑、溴化環氧化合物、酸變性溴化環氧化合物、銻化合物、磷系化合物、芳香族縮合磷酸酯、含鹵素縮合磷酸酯等難燃劑、酚系硬化劑、氰酸酯酯系硬化劑等熱硬化樹脂等各種添加劑。 <(H) Other additives> The photosensitive resin composition may further contain (H) other additives to the extent that the object of the present invention is not inhibited. As (H) other additives, for example, reactive diluents, thermoplastic resins, organic fillers, melamine, fine particles such as organobentonite, phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, iodine green, diazo yellow, crystal violet, titanium oxide can be added. , carbon black, naphthalene black and other colorants, hydroquinone, phenothiazine, methyl hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, catechol, pyrogallol and other polymerization inhibitors, Benton, Mongolia Tackifiers such as destoner, silicone-based, fluorine-based, vinyl resin-based defoamer, brominated epoxy compounds, acid-modified brominated epoxy compounds, antimony compounds, phosphorus-based compounds, aromatic condensed phosphoric acid esters, containing Various additives such as flame retardants such as halogen condensed phosphoric acid esters, phenol-based curing agents, and thermosetting resins such as cyanate ester-based curing agents.

感光性樹脂組成物可由,作為必須成分可混合上述(A)~(E)成分,作為任意成分可適宜地混合上述(F)~(H)成分,又視必要可藉由三根輥、球磨機、珠磨機、砂磨機等混練手段或者超級攪拌機、行星式混合機等攪拌手段而經混練或攪拌後製造。In the photosensitive resin composition, the above-mentioned components (A) to (E) can be mixed as essential components, and the above-mentioned components (F) to (H) can be appropriately mixed as optional components. It is produced by kneading or stirring by kneading means such as bead mills and sand mills, or by means of mixing means such as super mixers and planetary mixers.

<感光性樹脂組成物之物性、用途> 感光性樹脂組成物經光硬化而成的硬化物顯示優異顯影性的特性。因此,可抑制未曝光部中之殘渣形成。未曝光部之殘渣評估可依據後述實施例所記載的方法而進行評估。 <Physical properties and applications of photosensitive resin composition> The cured product obtained by photocuring the photosensitive resin composition exhibits the characteristics of excellent developability. Therefore, residue formation in the unexposed portion can be suppressed. The residue evaluation of the unexposed part can be evaluated according to the method described in the Example mentioned later.

感光性樹脂組成物經光硬化而成的硬化物顯示優異顯影性的特性。因此,顯示BP(轉折點(Breakpoint))優異的特性。所謂BP表示未曝光部藉由顯像液溶解,直到溶解的樹脂不見為止的時間。BP以150秒以下為佳,較佳為140秒以下,更佳為130秒以下。下限以30秒以上為佳,較佳為40秒以上,更佳為50秒以上。BP之測定可依據後述實施例所記載的方法進行測定。The cured product obtained by photocuring the photosensitive resin composition exhibits the characteristics of excellent developability. Therefore, excellent properties of BP (Breakpoint) are exhibited. BP means the time until the unexposed part is dissolved by the developing solution until the dissolved resin disappears. BP is preferably 150 seconds or less, preferably 140 seconds or less, and more preferably 130 seconds or less. The lower limit is preferably 30 seconds or more, preferably 40 seconds or more, and more preferably 50 seconds or more. The measurement of BP can be carried out according to the method described in the following examples.

感光性樹脂組成物經光硬化而成的硬化物顯示優異顯影性之特性。因此,可形成殘渣、未剝離的通管(Via),及未有剝離或埋入的線和空間(L/S)。作為前述通管最小通管徑,以60μm以下為佳,較佳為55μm以下,更佳為50μm以下。下限並無特別限定,可1μm以上等。最小通管徑之測定可依據後述實施例所記載的方法而測定。The cured product obtained by photocuring the photosensitive resin composition exhibits the characteristic of excellent developability. Therefore, residues, unstripped vias (Via), and unstripped or buried lines and spaces (L/S) can be formed. The minimum through-pipe diameter of the through-pipe is preferably 60 μm or less, preferably 55 μm or less, and more preferably 50 μm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and may be 1 μm or more. The measurement of the minimum through-pipe diameter can be measured according to the method described in the Example mentioned later.

感光性樹脂組成物經光硬化而成的硬化物顯示優異介電率的特性。因此,可得到介電率低的絕緣層及焊接阻劑。作為介電率,以4.0以下為佳,較佳為3.5以下,更佳為3.3以下。下限雖無特別限定,可0.1以上等。介電率之測定可依據後述實施例所記載的方法而測定。The cured product obtained by photocuring the photosensitive resin composition exhibits a characteristic of excellent dielectric constant. Therefore, an insulating layer and a solder resist having a low dielectric constant can be obtained. The dielectric constant is preferably 4.0 or less, preferably 3.5 or less, and more preferably 3.3 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be 0.1 or more. The dielectric constant can be measured according to the method described in the examples described later.

感光性樹脂組成物經光硬化而成的硬化物顯示優異介電損耗正切的特性。因此,可得到介電損耗正切低的絕緣層及焊接阻劑。作為介電損耗正切,以未達0.013為佳,較佳為0.012以下,更佳為0.011以下。下限雖無特別限定,可0.0001以上等。介電損耗正切之測定可依據後述實施例所記載的方法而測定。The cured product obtained by photocuring the photosensitive resin composition exhibits the characteristic of excellent dielectric loss tangent. Therefore, an insulating layer and a solder resist having a low dielectric loss tangent can be obtained. The dielectric loss tangent is preferably less than 0.013, preferably 0.012 or less, and more preferably 0.011 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be 0.0001 or more. The dielectric loss tangent can be measured according to the method described in the examples described later.

感光性樹脂組成物顯示可撓性優異的特性。因此,感光性樹脂組成物即使在輸入應力時,亦可抑制龜裂的形成。The photosensitive resin composition exhibits excellent flexibility. Therefore, the photosensitive resin composition can suppress the formation of cracks even when stress is input.

使感光性樹脂組成物經光硬化的硬化物,通常顯示玻璃轉移溫度高之特性。因此,可得到玻璃轉移溫度高且耐熱性優異的絕緣層及焊接阻劑。作為玻璃轉移溫度,以140℃以上為佳,較佳為145℃以上,更佳為150℃以上。上限雖無特別限定,可300℃以下等。玻璃轉移溫度之測定可依據後述實施例所記載的方法而測定。The cured product obtained by photocuring the photosensitive resin composition generally exhibits a high glass transition temperature. Therefore, an insulating layer and a solder resist having a high glass transition temperature and excellent heat resistance can be obtained. The glass transition temperature is preferably 140°C or higher, preferably 145°C or higher, and more preferably 150°C or higher. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 300°C or lower. The measurement of glass transition temperature can be measured according to the method described in the Example mentioned later.

本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的用途並無特別限定,但可使用於感光性薄膜、預浸料等絕緣樹脂薄片、電路基板(層合板用途、多層印刷配線板用途等)、焊接阻劑、底層填料材、模具黏接材、半導體密封材料、填孔樹脂、零件安裝樹脂等感光性樹脂組成物被需求的用途之廣範圍上。其中,亦以作為印刷配線板之絕緣層用感光性樹脂組成物(將感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物作為絕緣層之印刷配線板)、層間絕緣層用感光性樹脂組成物(將感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物作為層間絕緣層之印刷配線板)、鍍敷形成用感光性樹脂組成物(於感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物上形成鍍敷之印刷配線板),及焊接阻劑用感光性樹脂組成物(將感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物作為焊接阻劑之印刷配線板)而適用。The application of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but can be used for photosensitive films, insulating resin sheets such as prepregs, circuit boards (for laminates, multilayer printed wiring boards, etc.), solder resists, Photosensitive resin compositions are required for a wide range of applications, such as underfill materials, mold bonding materials, semiconductor sealing materials, hole filling resins, and component mounting resins. Among them, photosensitive resin compositions for insulating layers of printed wiring boards (printed wiring boards with cured products of photosensitive resin compositions as insulating layers), photosensitive resin compositions for interlayer insulating layers (photosensitive resin compositions for insulating layers) The cured product of the composition is used as a printed wiring board for an interlayer insulating layer), a photosensitive resin composition for plating formation (a printed wiring board with plating formed on the cured product of the photosensitive resin composition), and a photosensitive resin for soldering resists A photosensitive resin composition (printed wiring board using the cured product of the photosensitive resin composition as a solder resist) is applied.

[感光性薄膜] 感光性薄膜具有支持體,與設置於該支持體上之含有本發明之感光性樹脂組成物之感光性樹脂組成物層。 [Photosensitive film] The photosensitive film has a support, and a photosensitive resin composition layer containing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention provided on the support.

作為支持體,例如可舉出聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯薄膜、聚乙烯萘二甲酸酯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚乙烯薄膜、聚乙烯醇薄膜、三乙醯乙酸酯薄膜等,特佳為聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯薄膜。Examples of the support include polyethylene terephthalate films, polyethylene naphthalate films, polypropylene films, polyethylene films, polyvinyl alcohol films, triacetate films, and the like. Preferred are polyethylene terephthalate films.

作為販售之支持體,例如可舉出王子製紙公司製之製品名「AlfoneMA-410」、「E-200C」、信越薄膜公司製等聚丙烯薄膜、帝人公司製之製品名「PS-25」等PS系列等之聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯薄膜等,但並未限定於此等。此等支持體因可容易除去,故將如矽氧塗布劑之剝離劑塗布於表面者為佳。支持體之厚度以5μm~50μm的範圍者為佳,以10μm~25μm的範圍者為較佳。將厚度設定在5μm以上時,可抑制在顯像前進行支持體剝離時支持體之破碎,若將厚度設定在50μm以下時,可提高自支持體上進行曝光時的解像度。又,低銀點(Fisheye)之支持體為佳。所謂該銀點表示,在藉由將材料經熱熔融,混練並按壓出且以2軸延伸、鑄造方法等製造出薄膜時,材料異物、未溶解物、氧化劣化物等摻雜於薄膜中者。Examples of the sold support include "AlfoneMA-410" and "E-200C" manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd., polypropylene films manufactured by Shin-Etsu Film Co., Ltd., and "PS-25" manufactured by Teijin Corporation. Polyethylene terephthalate films such as PS series, etc., etc., are not limited to these. Since these supports can be easily removed, it is preferable to apply a release agent such as a silicone coating agent to the surface. The thickness of the support is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 50 μm, and preferably in the range of 10 μm to 25 μm. When the thickness is set to 5 μm or more, breakage of the support when the support is peeled off before development can be suppressed, and when the thickness is set to 50 μm or less, the resolution during exposure from the support can be improved. Also, the support of the low silver point (Fisheye) is better. The silver dots indicate that foreign matter, undissolved matter, oxidatively degraded matter, etc. are doped in the thin film when the material is thermally melted, kneaded and pressed out, and the thin film is produced by biaxial stretching, casting, or the like. .

又,欲減低藉由紫外線等活性能量線的曝光時之光散射,支持體係以透明性優異者為佳。支持體具體係以作為透明性指標的濁度(依據JISK6714規格化的霧度)成為0.1~5者為佳。且感光性樹脂組成物層亦可為由保護薄膜保護者。Moreover, in order to reduce light scattering at the time of exposure by active energy rays, such as an ultraviolet-ray, it is preferable that a support system is excellent in transparency. Specifically, it is preferable that the haze (haze standardized according to JISK6714) as a transparency index is 0.1 to 5 for the support. In addition, the photosensitive resin composition layer may be protected by a protective film.

藉由將感光性薄膜之感光性樹脂組成物層側由保護薄膜進行保護,可防止對於感光性樹脂組成物層表面之垃圾等附著或傷痕。作為保護薄膜可使用由與上述支持體相同材料所構成的薄膜。保護薄膜之厚度並無特別限定,以1μm~40μm的範圍者為佳,以5μm~30μm的範圍者為較佳,以10μm~30μm的範圍者為更佳。厚度設定在1μm以上時,可提高保護薄膜的處理性,若設定在40μm以下匙,有廉價性變佳的傾向。且,保護薄膜對於感光性樹脂組成物層與支持體之接著力,以感光性樹脂組成物層與保護薄膜之接著力較小者為佳。By protecting the photosensitive resin composition layer side of the photosensitive film with a protective film, it is possible to prevent adhesion of dirt or the like to the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer or to prevent scratches. As the protective film, a film made of the same material as the above-mentioned support can be used. The thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 1 μm to 40 μm, preferably in the range of 5 μm to 30 μm, and more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 30 μm. When the thickness is set to 1 μm or more, the handleability of the protective film can be improved, and when the thickness is set to 40 μm or less, the low cost tends to be improved. In addition, the adhesive force of the protective film with respect to the photosensitive resin composition layer and the support is preferably the one with the smaller adhesive force between the photosensitive resin composition layer and the protective film.

感光性樹脂組成物層之厚度由可提高處理性,且抑制感光性樹脂組成物層內部之感度及解像度降低的觀點來看,以10μm以上為佳,較佳為15μm以上,更佳為20μm以上,以30μm以下為佳,較佳為28μm以下,更佳為25μm以下。The thickness of the photosensitive resin composition layer is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 15 μm or more, and more preferably 20 μm or more, from the viewpoint of improving handleability and suppressing the decrease in sensitivity and resolution inside the photosensitive resin composition layer. , preferably 30 μm or less, preferably 28 μm or less, more preferably 25 μm or less.

感光性薄膜,係由例如調製出於有機溶劑中溶解感光性樹脂組成物之樹脂塗漆,將該樹脂塗漆使用模具塗布等對支持體上進行塗布,進一步經乾燥後形成感光性樹脂組成物層而可製造。作為有機溶劑,可使用與上述(G)成分相同者。The photosensitive film is prepared from, for example, a resin varnish prepared by dissolving a photosensitive resin composition in an organic solvent, and the resin varnish is applied to a support using die coating or the like, and further dried to form a photosensitive resin composition. layers can be fabricated. As an organic solvent, the same thing as said (G) component can be used.

作為樹脂塗漆之塗布方式,例如可舉出凹板塗布方式、微凹板塗布方式、反轉塗布方式、接觸反轉塗布方式、模具塗布方式、縫口模頭方式、撕裂塗布方式、缺角輪塗布方式、刮刀塗布方式、輥塗布方式、刀片塗布方式、幕式塗布方式、室凹板塗布方式、槽孔方式、噴霧塗布方式、浸塗方式等。As a coating method of resin paint, for example, gravure coating method, microgravure coating method, reverse coating method, contact reverse coating method, die coating method, slot die method, tear coating method, Corner wheel coating method, blade coating method, roll coating method, blade coating method, curtain coating method, gravure coating method, slot method, spray coating method, dip coating method, etc.

樹脂塗漆可分次數次進行塗布,亦可1次塗布,又組合複數種相異方式而進行塗布。其中亦以均勻塗層性優異的模具塗布方式為佳。又,欲避免異物混入等,可在無塵室等異物產生少的環境下實施塗布步驟者為佳。Resin paint can be applied several times, or can be applied once, or combined with a plurality of different methods. Among them, a die coating method with excellent uniform coating properties is also preferred. In addition, in order to avoid the contamination of foreign matter, etc., it is preferable that the coating step can be carried out in an environment such as a clean room where the occurrence of foreign matter is small.

乾燥溫度雖依據感光性樹脂組成物之硬化性或樹脂塗漆中之(G)成分的量而相異,但可在80℃~120℃下進行。但,乾燥最高溫度由可得到底切耐性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,以105℃以上為佳,較佳為110℃以上。最高溫度的下限並無特別限定,以135℃以下為佳,較佳為130℃以下。The drying temperature varies depending on the curability of the photosensitive resin composition and the amount of the (G) component in the resin coating, but it can be performed at 80°C to 120°C. However, the maximum drying temperature is preferably 105°C or higher, more preferably 110°C or higher, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product excellent in undercut resistance. The lower limit of the maximum temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 135°C or lower, more preferably 130°C or lower.

乾燥時間雖可依據感光性樹脂組成物之硬化性或樹脂塗漆中之(G)成分的量而相異,以6分鐘以上為佳,以30分以下為佳,較佳為20分以下。其中所謂乾燥時間表示自乾燥溫度達到80℃時之時間。Although the drying time may vary depending on the curability of the photosensitive resin composition and the amount of the (G) component in the resin coating, it is preferably 6 minutes or more, preferably 30 minutes or less, more preferably 20 minutes or less. Here, the "drying time" means the time from when the drying temperature reaches 80°C.

感光性樹脂組成物層中之(G)成分的殘存量相對於感光性樹脂組成物層之總量以5質量%以下者為佳,以2質量%以下者為較佳。斯業者可藉由簡單實驗而設定為適宜較佳乾燥條件。The residual amount of the (G) component in the photosensitive resin composition layer is preferably 5 mass % or less, and more preferably 2 mass % or less with respect to the total amount of the photosensitive resin composition layer. The manufacturer can set the optimum drying conditions through simple experiments.

感光性薄膜因含有具有本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的感光性樹脂組成物層,故顯示可撓性優異的特性。例如將感光性薄膜捲入3英吋核芯後以滾刀裁剪感光性薄膜。此時,可抑制感光性薄膜上龜裂的產生。Since a photosensitive film contains the photosensitive resin composition layer which has the photosensitive resin composition of this invention, it shows the characteristic which is excellent in flexibility. For example, after the photosensitive film is rolled into a 3-inch core, the photosensitive film is cut with a hob. In this case, the generation of cracks on the photosensitive film can be suppressed.

[印刷配線板] 本發明之印刷配線板含有藉由本發明之感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物所形成的絕緣層。該絕緣層作為焊接阻劑或層間絕緣層使用時為佳。 [Printed Wiring Board] The printed wiring board of this invention contains the insulating layer formed with the hardened|cured material of the photosensitive resin composition of this invention. The insulating layer is preferably used as a solder resist or an interlayer insulating layer.

詳細為本發明之印刷配線板可使用上述感光性薄膜而製造。以下對於絕緣層作為焊接阻劑時的一例子做說明。In detail, the printed wiring board of this invention can be manufactured using the said photosensitive film. An example in which the insulating layer is used as a solder resist will be described below.

<塗布及乾燥步驟> 將含有感光性樹脂組成物的樹脂塗漆直接塗布於電路基板上時,藉由將(G)成分經乾燥、發揮後,於電路基板上形成感光性樹脂組成物層。 <Coating and drying step> When the resin varnish containing the photosensitive resin composition is directly applied on the circuit board, the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the circuit board by drying and exerting the (G) component.

作為電路基板,例如可舉出玻璃環氧基板、金屬基板、聚酯基板、聚醯亞胺基板、BT樹脂基板、熱硬化型聚伸苯基醚基板等。且,於此所謂的電路基板表示,於如上述支持基板之單面或雙面上形成進行圖型加工的導體層(迴路)之基板。又,對於將導體層與絕緣層經交互層合而成的多層印刷配線板,即使為該多層印刷配線板之最外層的單面或雙面形成經圖型加工的導體層(迴路)之基板,亦含於於此所謂的電路基板中。且對於導體層表面,可藉由黑化處理、銅蝕刻等施予預備粗化處理。As a circuit board, a glass epoxy board, a metal board, a polyester board, a polyimide board, a BT resin board, a thermosetting polyphenylene ether board etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the term "circuit board" as used herein means a board in which a patterned conductor layer (circuit) is formed on one side or both sides of the above-mentioned support substrate. Also, for a multilayer printed wiring board in which conductor layers and insulating layers are alternately laminated, even a substrate on which patterned conductor layers (circuits) are formed on one or both sides of the outermost layer of the multilayer printed wiring board , is also included in the so-called circuit board. In addition, the surface of the conductor layer may be subjected to preliminary roughening treatment by blackening treatment, copper etching, or the like.

作為塗布方式,藉由絲網印刷法的全面印刷為一般多被使用者,但若其他方法亦可均勻地塗布的塗布方式,則可使用任意手段。例如可使用噴霧塗布方式、熱熔塗布方式、棒塗布方式、敷貼器方式、刮刀塗布方式、刀片塗布方式、氣刀片塗布方式、簾幕流動塗布方式、輥塗布方式、凹板塗布方式、膠版印刷方式、浸塗方式、刷毛塗布、其他所有一般塗布方式。塗布後視必要可藉由熱風爐或者遠紅外線爐等進行乾燥。乾燥條件以在80℃~120℃進行3分鐘~13分鐘者為佳。如此可於電路基板上形成感光性組成物層。As a coating method, the full-surface printing by the screen printing method is generally used in many cases, but any method can be used as long as the coating method can be uniformly coated by other methods. For example, a spray coating method, a hot melt coating method, a bar coating method, an applicator method, a blade coating method, a blade coating method, an air blade coating method, a curtain flow coating method, a roll coating method, a gravure coating method, an offset printing method can be used Printing method, dip coating method, brush coating, all other general coating methods. After coating, it can be dried by a hot-air oven or a far-infrared oven as necessary. The drying conditions are preferably performed at 80°C to 120°C for 3 minutes to 13 minutes. In this way, the photosensitive composition layer can be formed on the circuit board.

<層合步驟> 另一方面,使用感光性薄膜時,將感光性樹脂組成物層側使用真空層合體而層合於電路基板之單面或雙面上。對於層合步驟,在感光性薄膜具有保護薄膜時,除去該保護薄膜後,視必要預熱感光性薄膜及電路基板,一邊使感光性樹脂組成物層加壓及加熱下,一邊按壓於電路基板上。對於感光性薄膜,在藉由真空層合法之減壓下層合於電路基板之方法為較佳使用方式。 <Lamination step> On the other hand, when a photosensitive film is used, the photosensitive resin composition layer side is laminated on one side or both sides of a circuit board using a vacuum laminate. In the lamination step, when the photosensitive film has a protective film, after removing the protective film, the photosensitive film and the circuit board are preheated as necessary, and the photosensitive resin composition layer is pressed against the circuit board while being pressurized and heated. superior. For the photosensitive film, the method of laminating it on a circuit board under reduced pressure by a vacuum lamination method is a preferable usage.

層合步驟之條件雖無特別限定,例如以將壓著溫度(層合溫度)較佳設定在70℃~140℃,將壓著壓力較佳設定在1kgf/cm 2~11kgf/cm 2(9.8×10 4N/m 2~107.9× 10 4N/m 2),將壓著時間較佳設定在5秒~300秒,將空氣壓設定在20mmHg(26.7hPa)以下之減壓下進行層合者為佳。又,層合步驟可為分批式或使用輥之連續式。真空層合法可使用販售之真空層合體。作為販售之真空層合體,例如可舉出Nikkomaterials公司製真空施放器、名機製作所公司製真空加壓式層合體、HitachiIndustries,Ltd.公司製滾筒式乾燥塗布、HitachiAIC公司製真空層合體等。 Although the conditions of the lamination step are not particularly limited, for example, the pressing temperature (lamination temperature) is preferably set at 70°C to 140°C, and the pressing pressure is preferably set at 1kgf/cm 2 to 11kgf/cm 2 (9.8 ×10 4 N/m 2 to 107.9 × 10 4 N/m 2 ), the pressing time is preferably set at 5 seconds to 300 seconds, and the air pressure is set at a reduced pressure of 20 mmHg (26.7 hPa) or less for lamination. whichever is better. Also, the lamination step may be batchwise or continuous using rolls. For vacuum lamination, commercially available vacuum laminates can be used. Examples of the commercially available vacuum laminates include vacuum applicators manufactured by Nikkomaterials, vacuum press laminates manufactured by Meiki Co., Ltd., roll drying coating manufactured by Hitachi Industries, Ltd., and vacuum laminates manufactured by HitachiAIC Corporation.

<曝光步驟> 藉由塗布及乾燥步驟或者層合步驟,於電路基板上設置感光性樹脂組成物層後,其次通過光罩圖型,於感光性樹脂組成物層之所定部分照射活性光線,進行使照射部之感光性樹脂組成物層光硬化的曝光步驟。作為活性光線,例如可舉出紫外線、可見光線、電子線、X線等,特別以紫外線為佳。紫外線之照射量大約10mJ/cm 2~1000mJ/cm 2。曝光方法中含有將光罩圖型密著於印刷配線板而進行接觸曝光法,與未密著而使用平行光線進行曝光的非接觸曝光法,但皆可使用。又,於感光性樹脂組成物層上存在支持體時,可自支持體上進行曝光,亦可於剝離支持體後進行曝光。 <Exposure step> After the photosensitive resin composition layer is provided on the circuit board by the coating and drying step or the lamination step, the photosensitive resin composition layer is then irradiated with actinic rays by patterning with a mask to irradiate a predetermined portion of the photosensitive resin composition layer. The exposure step of photohardening the photosensitive resin composition layer of the irradiation part. Examples of actinic rays include ultraviolet rays, visible rays, electron beams, X-rays, and the like, and ultraviolet rays are particularly preferred. The irradiation dose of ultraviolet rays is about 10mJ/cm 2 to 1000mJ/cm 2 . The exposure method includes a contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is adhered to a printed wiring board, and a non-contact exposure method in which the mask pattern is not adhered and exposed using parallel light, but any of them can be used. Moreover, when a support exists in the photosensitive resin composition layer, exposure may be performed from a support, and exposure may be performed after peeling a support.

焊接阻劑因使用本發明之感光性樹脂組成物而可具有優良顯影性。因此,作為光罩圖型中之曝光圖型,例如可使用迴路寬(線;L)與迴路間之寬(空間;S)比(L/S)為100μm/100μm以下(即,配線間隔200μm以下)、L/S=80μm/80μm以下(配線間隔160μm以下)、L/S=70μm/70μm以下(配線間隔140μm以下)、L/S=60μm/60μm以下(配線間隔120μm以下)之圖型。且間隔在電路基板全體中非必使用相同者。The solder resist can have excellent developability by using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Therefore, as an exposure pattern in a mask pattern, for example, a loop width (line; L) and a ratio (L/S) of the width (space; S) between loops of 100 μm/100 μm or less (that is, a wiring interval of 200 μm) can be used. Below), L/S=80μm/80μm or less (wiring interval 160μm or less), L/S=70μm/70μm or less (wiring interval 140μm or less), L/S=60μm/60μm or less (wiring interval 120μm or less) . In addition, it is not necessary to use the same interval in the whole circuit board.

焊接阻劑因使用本發明之感光性樹脂組成物,而可具有優良的顯影性。因此,作為通管徑,以100μm以下為佳,較佳為90μm以下,更佳為80μm以下。下限雖未特別限定,可1μm以上,10μm以上等。The solder resist can have excellent developability by using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Therefore, the through-pipe diameter is preferably 100 μm or less, preferably 90 μm or less, and more preferably 80 μm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be 1 μm or more, 10 μm or more, and the like.

<顯像步驟> 曝光步驟後,於感光性樹脂組成物層上存在支持體時,除去該支持體後,以濕式顯像或乾式顯像,除去未經光硬化的部分(未曝光部)而經顯像後可形成圖型。 <Development procedure> After the exposure step, if there is a support on the photosensitive resin composition layer, after removing the support, wet development or dry development is used to remove the uncured part (unexposed part) and after development Patterns can be formed.

上述濕式顯像時,作為顯像液,可使用鹼性水溶液、水系顯像液、有機溶劑等安全且穩定的操作性良好顯像液,其中以藉由鹼水溶液進行顯像步驟為佳。又,作為顯像方法,可適宜地採用噴霧、揺動浸漬、塗刷、刮塗等公知方法。In the above wet development, as the developer, a safe and stable developer with good operability such as an alkaline aqueous solution, an aqueous developer, and an organic solvent can be used, and among them, the development step is preferably performed by an alkaline aqueous solution. Moreover, as a developing method, well-known methods, such as spraying, agitating dipping, brushing, and blade coating, can be suitably used.

作為以顯像液使用的鹼性水溶液,例如可舉出氫氧化鋰、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉等碳酸鹽或重碳酸鹽、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀等鹼金屬磷酸鹽、焦磷酸鈉、焦磷酸鉀等鹼金屬焦磷酸鹽之水溶液,或未含有氫氧化四烷基銨等金屬離子之有機鹼的水溶液,未含有金屬離子,且對半導體晶片不會產生影響的觀點來看以氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)之水溶液為佳。Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution used as the developing solution include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide, carbonates or bicarbonates such as sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium phosphate, Aqueous solutions of alkali metal phosphates such as potassium phosphate, alkali metal pyrophosphates such as sodium pyrophosphate and potassium pyrophosphate, or aqueous solutions of organic bases that do not contain metal ions such as tetraalkylammonium hydroxide, which do not contain metal ions and are suitable for semiconductors An aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is preferred from the viewpoint of no effect on the wafer.

此等鹼性水溶液中欲提高顯像效果,可添加界面活性劑、消泡劑等於顯像液中。上述鹼性水溶液之pH,例如以8~12的範圍者為佳,以9~11的範圍者為較佳。又,上述鹼性水溶液之鹼濃度以0.1質量%~10質量%者為佳。上述鹼性水溶液之溫度可摻合感光性樹脂組成物層之顯影性而適宜選擇,以20℃~50℃者為佳。To improve the developing effect in these alkaline aqueous solutions, surfactants and antifoaming agents can be added to the developing solution. The pH of the above-mentioned alkaline aqueous solution is preferably in the range of 8 to 12, and preferably in the range of 9 to 11, for example. Moreover, it is preferable that the alkali concentration of the said alkaline aqueous solution is 0.1 mass % - 10 mass %. The temperature of the above-mentioned alkaline aqueous solution can be appropriately selected according to the developability of the photosensitive resin composition layer, and is preferably 20°C to 50°C.

作為顯像液使用的有機溶劑,例如為丙酮、乙酸乙酯、具有碳原子數1~4的烷氧基之烷氧基乙醇、乙基醇、異丙醇、丁基醇、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚。The organic solvent used as the developer is, for example, acetone, ethyl acetate, alkoxyethanol having an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, ethyl alcohol, isopropanol, butyl alcohol, and diethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether.

如此有機溶劑的濃度對於顯像液全量而言以2質量%~90質量%者為佳。又,如此有機溶劑之溫度可摻合顯影性而調節。且如此有機溶劑可單獨或組合2種類以上使用。作為單獨使用的有機溶劑系顯像液,例如可舉出1,1,1-三氯乙烷、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、環己酮、甲基異丁基酮、γ-丁內酯。The concentration of the organic solvent is preferably from 2 mass % to 90 mass % with respect to the total amount of the developing solution. In addition, the temperature of such an organic solvent can be adjusted according to the developability. And such an organic solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Examples of organic solvent-based developing solutions to be used alone include 1,1,1-trichloroethane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, γ-butyrolactone.

對於圖型形成,視必要可併用上述2種類以上顯像方法而使用。顯像之方式中有浸漬方式、槳攪拌方式、噴霧方式、高壓噴霧方式、塗刷、拍擊等,高壓噴霧方式因可提高解像度故較佳。作為採用噴霧方式時的噴霧壓,以0.05MPa~0.3MPa為佳。For pattern formation, if necessary, two or more of the above-mentioned developing methods may be used in combination. The imaging methods include dipping, paddle stirring, spraying, high-pressure spraying, brushing, slapping, etc. The high-pressure spraying method is preferable because it can improve the resolution. The spray pressure when the spray method is used is preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.3 MPa.

<熱硬化(後烘烤)步驟> 上述顯像步驟終了後進行熱硬化(後烘烤)步驟,形成焊接阻劑。作為後烘烤步驟,可舉出藉由高壓汞燈之紫外線照射步驟或使用無塵烤箱的加熱步驟等。照射紫外線時可視必要而調整其照射量,例如可由0.05J/cm 2~10J/cm 2程度之照射量進行照射。又,加熱條件可摻合感光性樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分種類、含有量等而適宜選擇即可,以在150℃~220℃進行20分鐘~180分鐘的範圍為佳,較佳為在160℃~200℃進行30分鐘~120分鐘的範圍供選擇。 <Thermal hardening (post-baking) step> After the image development step is completed, a thermal hardening (post-baking) step is performed to form a solder resist. As a post-baking process, the ultraviolet irradiation process by a high pressure mercury lamp, the heating process using a clean oven, etc. are mentioned. When irradiating ultraviolet rays, the irradiation amount can be adjusted as necessary, for example, it can be irradiated with an irradiation amount of about 0.05 J/cm 2 to 10 J/cm 2 . In addition, the heating conditions may be appropriately selected according to the type and content of the resin components in the photosensitive resin composition. ℃ ~ 200℃ for 30 minutes ~ 120 minutes range for selection.

<其他步驟> 印刷配線板在形成焊接阻劑後,可進一步含有開孔步驟、除污跡步驟。此等步驟可依據使用於印刷配線板之製造的斯業者公知的各種方法而實施。 <Other steps> The printed wiring board may further include a hole opening step and a stain removal step after the solder resist is formed. These steps can be implemented in accordance with various methods known to those used in the manufacture of printed wiring boards.

形成焊接阻劑後,依據所望,對於形成於電路基板上的焊接阻劑進行開孔步驟而形成貫通孔、通孔。開孔步驟例如可藉由鑽頭、雷射、電漿等公知方法,又視必要亦可組合此等方法而進行,但以藉由碳酸氣雷射、YAG雷射等雷射進行開孔步驟為佳。After the solder resist is formed, as desired, the solder resist formed on the circuit board is subjected to a drilling step to form through holes and through holes. For example, the hole opening step can be performed by known methods such as drill, laser, plasma, etc., and these methods can also be combined as necessary. good.

除污跡步驟為進行除污跡處理的步驟。對於開孔步驟中所形成的開口部內部,一般為附著樹脂殘渣(污跡)。該污跡為造成電接續不良的原因,故在該步驟中實施除去污跡的處理(除污跡處理)。The stain removal step is a step of performing stain removal treatment. Resin residues (smudges) generally adhere to the inside of the openings formed in the drilling step. This stain is a cause of poor electrical connection, so in this step, a stain removal process (smudge removal process) is performed.

除污跡處理可藉由乾式除污跡處理、濕式除污跡處理或此等組合而實施。The stain removal treatment can be performed by dry stain removal, wet stain removal, or a combination of these.

作為乾式除污跡處理,例如可舉出使用電漿之除污跡處理等。使用電漿的除污跡處理可使用販售的電漿除污跡處理裝置而實施。販售的電漿除污跡處理裝置之中,作為印刷配線板之製造用途上較佳例子,可舉出日清公司製之微波電漿裝置、積水化學工業公司製之常壓電漿蝕刻裝置等。As a dry desmearing process, the desmutting process using a plasma etc. are mentioned, for example. The desmearing treatment using plasma can be performed using a commercially available plasma desmearing treatment apparatus. Among the commercially available plasma desmear treatment apparatuses, the microwave plasma apparatus manufactured by Nissin Co., Ltd. and the atmospheric pressure plasma etching apparatus manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. are mentioned as preferable examples for the manufacturing application of printed wiring boards. Wait.

作為濕式除污跡處理,例如可舉出使用氧化劑溶液的除污跡處理等。使用氧化劑溶液進行除污跡處理時,以藉由膨潤液的膨潤處理、藉由氧化劑溶液的氧化處理、藉由中和液的中和處理之順序進行者為佳。作為膨潤液,例如可舉出AtotechJapan公司製之「Swelling Dip Security P」、「Swelling Dip Securigant SBU」等。膨潤處理為藉由將形成有貫通孔等的基板浸漬於加熱在60℃~80℃的膨潤液中5分鐘~10分鐘而進行為佳。作為氧化劑溶液,以鹼性過錳酸水溶液為佳,例如可舉出於氫氧化鈉水溶液中溶解過錳酸鉀或過錳酸鈉的溶液。藉由氧化劑溶液之氧化處理係以藉由將膨潤處理後之基板浸漬在加熱60℃~80℃之氧化劑溶液中10分鐘~30分鐘而進行者為佳。作為鹼性過錳酸水溶液之販售品,例如可舉出Atotech Japan公司製之「Concent rate compact CP」、「Dosing Solution SecurityP」等。藉由中和液的中和處理係以藉由將氧化處理後之基板浸漬於30℃~50℃之中和液中3分鐘~10分鐘而進行者為佳。作為中和液,以酸性水溶液為佳,作為販售品,例如可舉出AtotechJapan公司製之「Reduction Solution SecurityP」。As a wet stain removal process, the stain removal process using an oxidizing agent solution, etc. are mentioned, for example. When the stain removal treatment is performed using the oxidizing agent solution, it is preferable to perform the swelling treatment with the swelling liquid, the oxidation treatment with the oxidizing agent solution, and the neutralization treatment with the neutralizing liquid in this order. As swelling liquid, "Swelling Dip Security P", "Swelling Dip Securigant SBU" by Atotech Japan company, etc. are mentioned, for example. The swelling treatment is preferably performed by immersing the substrate on which the through holes and the like are formed in a swelling liquid heated at 60° C. to 80° C. for 5 minutes to 10 minutes. The oxidizing agent solution is preferably an alkaline permanganic acid aqueous solution, and examples thereof include a solution in which potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate is dissolved in an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The oxidation treatment by the oxidizing agent solution is preferably performed by immersing the substrate after the swelling treatment in the oxidizing agent solution heated at 60° C. to 80° C. for 10 minutes to 30 minutes. As a sales item of the alkaline permanganic acid aqueous solution, "Concent rate compact CP", "Dosing Solution Security P" by Atotech Japan company, etc. are mentioned, for example. The neutralization treatment by the neutralization solution is preferably performed by immersing the substrate after the oxidation treatment in the neutralization solution at 30° C. to 50° C. for 3 minutes to 10 minutes. As a neutralization liquid, an acidic aqueous solution is preferable, and "Reduction Solution Security P" by Atotech Japan is mentioned as a commercial item, for example.

組合乾式除污跡處理與濕式除污跡處理而實施時,可先實施乾式除污跡處理,亦可先實施濕式除污跡處理。When the dry desmearing treatment and the wet desmearing treatment are combined, the dry desmearing treatment may be performed first, or the wet desmearing treatment may be performed first.

將絕緣層作為層間絕緣層使用時,可進行與焊接阻劑之相同者,亦可於熱硬化步驟後進行開孔步驟、除污跡步驟,及鍍敷步驟。When the insulating layer is used as the interlayer insulating layer, the same as that of the solder resist can be performed, and the hole opening step, the stain removal step, and the plating step can also be performed after the thermal hardening step.

鍍敷步驟為於絕緣層上形成導體層的步驟。導體層可組合無電解鍍敷與電解鍍敷而形成,又亦可形成與導體層為相反圖型的鍍敷阻劑,而僅以無電解鍍敷而形成導體層。作為其後的圖型形成之方法,例如可使用斯業者公知的消減方法、半添加法等。The plating step is a step of forming a conductor layer on the insulating layer. The conductor layer may be formed by combining electroless plating and electrolytic plating, or a plating resist having an opposite pattern to the conductor layer may be formed, and the conductor layer may be formed only by electroless plating. As a method of forming a pattern after that, for example, a subtractive method, a semi-additive method or the like known to those skilled in the art can be used.

[半導體裝置] 本發明之半導體裝置含有印刷配線板。本發明之半導體裝置可使用本發明之印刷配線板而製造。 [semiconductor device] The semiconductor device of the present invention includes a printed wiring board. The semiconductor device of the present invention can be manufactured using the printed wiring board of the present invention.

作為半導體裝置,可舉出提供於電器製品(例如電腦、手機、數位照相機及電視等)及交通工具(例如自動二輪車、汽車、電車、船舶及航空機等)等的各種半導體裝置。Examples of semiconductor devices include various semiconductor devices provided in electrical appliances (eg, computers, cell phones, digital cameras, televisions, etc.) and vehicles (eg, motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, aircraft, etc.).

本發明之半導體裝置可藉由於印刷配線板之導通處上安裝零件(半導體晶片)而製造。所謂「導通處」表示「印刷配線板中之傳達電信號的處所」,此處可為表面或嵌入處中任一者。又,半導體晶片若為將半導體作為材料的電迴路元件即可,並無特別限定。The semiconductor device of the present invention can be manufactured by mounting parts (semiconductor chips) on the conductive portions of the printed wiring board. The so-called "conduction place" means "the place where the electrical signal is transmitted in the printed wiring board", and here it can be either the surface or the embedded place. In addition, the semiconductor wafer is not particularly limited as long as it is an electric circuit element using a semiconductor as a material.

製造本發明之半導體裝置時的半導體晶片之安裝方法,若半導體晶片可有效地發揮功能者即可,並無特別限定,具體可舉出引線鍵合安裝方法、倒裝晶片安裝方法、藉由無顛簸層合層(BBUL)之安裝方法、藉由各向異性導電薄膜(ACF)之安裝方法、藉由非導電性薄膜(NCF)的安裝方法等。其中,所謂「藉由無顛簸層合層(BBUL)之安裝方法」表示「將半導體晶片直接嵌入印刷配線板之凹部,連接半導體晶片與印刷配線板上之配線的安裝方法」。 [實施例] The mounting method of the semiconductor chip in the manufacture of the semiconductor device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the semiconductor chip can effectively function, and specific examples include a wire bonding mounting method, a flip chip mounting method, Mounting method of bump laminate layer (BBUL), mounting method by anisotropic conductive film (ACF), mounting method by non-conductive film (NCF), etc. Among them, the so-called "mounting method by the bumpless laminate layer (BBUL)" means "the mounting method of directly inserting the semiconductor chip into the concave portion of the printed wiring board, and connecting the semiconductor chip and the wiring on the printed wiring board". [Example]

以下將本發明藉由實施例而具體說明,但本發明並非限定於此等實施例者。且,對於以下記載,表示「份」及「%」者若無特別說明則各表示「質量份」及「質量%」的意思。且,(D)成分之環氧當量為依據JISK7236而測定,軟化點為依據JISK7234而測定。Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In addition, in the following description, unless otherwise specified, those representing "part" and "%" represent the meaning of "part by mass" and "% by mass", respectively. In addition, the epoxy equivalent of (D)component is measured based on JISK7236, and the softening point is measured based on JISK7234.

(合成例1:樹脂(A-1)之合成) 將以下式(1)所示萘酚芳烷基型環氧樹脂(環氧當量325g/eq.,新日鐵住金化學公司製「ESN-475V」)325份,裝入於具備氣體導入管、攪拌裝置、冷卻管及溫度計的燒瓶中,加入卡必醇乙酸酯340份,加熱溶解後,加入氫醌0.46份與三苯基膦1份。將該混合物於95~105℃加熱,徐徐滴入丙烯酸72份,進行16小時反應。將該反應生成物冷卻至80~90℃,加入四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐80份,進行8小時反應,使其冷卻。如此可得到固體成分物之酸價60 mgKOH/g的樹脂溶液(不揮發分70%,以下簡稱為「樹脂溶液(A-1)」)。 (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin (A-1)) 325 parts of a naphthol aralkyl type epoxy resin represented by the following formula (1) (epoxy equivalent 325 g/eq., "ESN-475V" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd.) was placed in a gas inlet pipe, To the flask of the stirring device, the cooling tube and the thermometer, 340 parts of carbitol acetate were added, and after heating and dissolving, 0.46 parts of hydroquinone and 1 part of triphenylphosphine were added. The mixture was heated at 95 to 105° C., 72 parts of acrylic acid was gradually added dropwise, and the reaction was carried out for 16 hours. This reaction product was cooled to 80-90 degreeC, 80 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydrides were added, it was made to react for 8 hours, and it was cooled. In this way, a resin solution having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g of solid content (non-volatile content of 70%, hereinafter abbreviated as "resin solution (A-1)") can be obtained.

Figure 02_image083
但,Z為縮水甘油基(G)或碳數1~8的烴基(R 6),R 6/G的比率為0.05~2.0。又,n表示平均值的1至6的數。
Figure 02_image083
However, Z is a glycidyl group (G) or a hydrocarbon group (R 6 ) having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and the ratio of R 6 /G is 0.05 to 2.0. In addition, n represents the number of 1 to 6 of the average value.

確認樹脂溶液(A-1)含有至少具有下述式(2)所示結構的樹脂。It was confirmed that the resin solution (A-1) contained at least a resin having a structure represented by the following formula (2).

Figure 02_image085
Figure 02_image085

(合成例2:馬來醯亞胺化合物(E-1)之合成) 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、迪恩·斯塔克捕捉器之300mL的燒瓶中,裝入2,6-二甲基苯胺12.1g(0.1mol)、α,α’-二羥基-1,3-二異丙基苯68.0g(0.35mol)、二甲苯100g及活性白土20g,一邊攪拌一邊加熱至120℃。進一步將餾出水以迪恩·斯塔克管取出除去且升溫至210℃,進行3小時反應。其後冷卻至140℃,裝入2,6-二甲基苯胺36.4g(0.3mol)後,升溫至220℃並進行3小時反應。反應後空氣冷卻至100℃,以甲苯75g進行稀釋,經過濾而除去活性白土,在減壓下餾去溶劑及未反應物等低分子量物後得到下述式(E-1)所示中間體胺化合物91.0g(n為1以上10以下的整數)。胺當量為296,軟化點為70℃。

Figure 02_image087
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Maleimide Compound (E-1)) 2,6-dimethylaniline was placed in a 300 mL flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, and a Dean Stark trap. 12.1 g (0.1 mol), 68.0 g (0.35 mol) of α,α'-dihydroxy-1,3-diisopropylbenzene, 100 g of xylene, and 20 g of activated clay were heated to 120° C. while stirring. Furthermore, the distilled water was removed with a Dean Stark tube, and the temperature was raised to 210° C., and the reaction was performed for 3 hours. Then, it cooled to 140 degreeC, 36.4 g (0.3 mol) of 2, 6- dimethylaniline were charged, and it heated up to 220 degreeC, and performed a reaction for 3 hours. After the reaction, the air was cooled to 100°C, diluted with 75 g of toluene, filtered to remove activated clay, and the solvent and unreacted materials were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an intermediate represented by the following formula (E-1). 91.0 g of amine compounds (n is an integer of 1 or more and 10 or less). The amine equivalent weight was 296, and the softening point was 70°C.
Figure 02_image087

其次,於具備溫度計、冷卻管、迪恩·斯塔克捕捉、攪拌機的500mL燒瓶中,裝入馬來酸酐32.9g(0.32mol)、甲苯200g後並在室溫中進行攪拌。將式(E-1)所示中間體胺化合物91g與DMF40g的混合溶液經1小時滴入。滴入終了後,在室溫下進一步進行2小時反應。加入p-甲苯磺酸一水合物9.3g,將反應液加熱且迴流下使共沸的水與甲苯冷卻・分離後,僅甲苯回到系統內而進行8小時的脫水反應。空氣冷卻至室溫後,經減壓濃縮將褐色溶液溶解於乙酸乙酯150g中,以離子交換水40g進行3次洗淨,以2%碳酸氫鈉水溶液40g進行3次洗淨,加入硫酸鈉使其乾燥後,經減壓濃縮所得之反應物在80℃進行4小時真空乾燥,得到含有馬來醯亞胺化合物(C-1)之生成物103.0g。藉由該馬來醯亞胺化合物(C-1)之FD-MS光譜確認M+=560、7、876之吸收峰,故吸收峰相當於n為0、1、2之情況時。且前述馬來醯亞胺化合物(C-1)的茚滿骨架部分中之重複單位數n之值(依據數平均分子量)以GPC求得,其中n=1.47,分子量分布(Mw/Mn)=1.81。又,前述馬來醯亞胺E-1全量100面積%中,平均重複單位數n為0的前述馬來醯亞胺為26.5面積%。Next, 32.9 g (0.32 mol) of maleic anhydride and 200 g of toluene were placed in a 500 mL flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a Dean Stark trap, and a stirrer, followed by stirring at room temperature. A mixed solution of 91 g of the intermediate amine compound represented by the formula (E-1) and 40 g of DMF was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was further performed at room temperature for 2 hours. 9.3 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate was added, the reaction solution was heated and the azeotropic water and toluene were cooled and separated under reflux, and then only toluene was returned to the system to carry out a dehydration reaction for 8 hours. After air cooling to room temperature, the brown solution was dissolved in 150 g of ethyl acetate by concentration under reduced pressure, washed three times with 40 g of ion-exchanged water, washed three times with 40 g of 2% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and added sodium sulfate. After drying, the reaction product obtained by concentration under reduced pressure was vacuum-dried at 80° C. for 4 hours to obtain 103.0 g of a product containing the maleimide compound (C-1). From the FD-MS spectrum of the maleimide compound (C-1), the absorption peaks of M+=560, 7, and 876 were confirmed, so the absorption peaks correspond to the cases where n is 0, 1, and 2. And the value of the repeating unit number n in the indane skeleton portion of the maleimide compound (C-1) (based on the number average molecular weight) was obtained by GPC, where n=1.47, molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn)= 1.81. Moreover, in the said maleimide E-1 total amount 100 area %, the said maleimide whose average repeating unit number n is 0 is 26.5 area %.

<實施例1~11、比較例1~6> 以下述表所示的摻合比例下摻合各成分,使用高速轉動混合器調製出樹脂塗漆。 <Examples 1 to 11, Comparative Examples 1 to 6> Each component was blended at the blending ratio shown in the following table, and a resin coating was prepared using a high-speed rotary mixer.

其次,作為支持體準備PET薄膜(Toray公司製「LumirerT6AM」,厚度38μm,軟化點130℃)。於該PET薄膜以模具均勻塗布樹脂塗漆,使乾燥後的感光性樹脂組成物層之厚度成為25μm,藉由在80℃至110℃下進行6.5分鐘乾燥,得到於PET薄膜上具有感光性樹脂組成物層之感光性薄膜。Next, a PET film (“Lumirer T6AM” manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm, softening point 130° C.) was prepared as a support. The PET film is uniformly coated with resin paint by a mold, so that the thickness of the photosensitive resin composition layer after drying is 25 μm, and by drying at 80° C. to 110° C. for 6.5 minutes, the photosensitive resin on the PET film is obtained. The photosensitive film of the composition layer.

又,準備以醇酸樹脂系脫模劑(Lintec公司製「AL-5」)進行脫模處理的PET薄膜(Toray公司製「LumirerT6AM」,厚度38μm,軟化點130℃,「脫模PET薄膜」)。於該脫模PET薄膜以模具均勻塗布樹脂塗漆,使乾燥後的感光性樹脂組成物層之厚度成為25μm,藉由在80℃至110℃進行6.5分鐘乾燥,得到於脫模PET薄膜上具有感光性樹脂組成物層的感光性薄膜。Furthermore, a PET film (“Lumirer T6AM” manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd.) subjected to mold release treatment with an alkyd resin-based mold release agent (“AL-5” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm, softening point 130° C., “mold release PET film”) was prepared. ). The mold release PET film was uniformly coated with a resin paint so that the thickness of the dried photosensitive resin composition layer was 25 μm, and by drying at 80° C. to 110° C. for 6.5 minutes, the mold release PET film was obtained. The photosensitive film of the photosensitive resin composition layer.

<可撓性之評估> 將於PET薄膜上具有感光性樹脂組成物層的感光性薄膜以3英吋核芯進行捲取,確認感光性薄膜是否有龜裂。又,以滾刀(DAHLE公司製)裁剪感光性薄膜時確認感光性薄膜是否龜裂。若在此等作業上未產生龜裂者評估為「〇」,若確認到龜裂者評估為「×」。 <Evaluation of flexibility> The photosensitive film having the photosensitive resin composition layer on the PET film was wound up with a 3-inch core, and it was confirmed whether the photosensitive film had cracks. Moreover, when the photosensitive film was cut with a hob (manufactured by DAHLE), it was confirmed whether or not the photosensitive film was cracked. If no cracks occurred in these operations, it was evaluated as "0", and if cracks were confirmed, it was evaluated as "x".

<顯影性之評估> (評估用層合體之形成) 對於形成有製圖成厚度18μm之銅層的迴路之玻璃環氧基板(貼銅層合板)的銅層,藉由含有有機酸的表面處理劑(CZ8100、MEC Company製)進行處理而施予粗化。其次於PET薄膜上配置成具有感光性樹脂組成物層的感光性薄膜之感光性樹脂組成物層與銅迴路表面接觸,使用真空層合體(Nikkomaterials公司製之VP160)進行層合,以前述貼銅層合板、前述感光性樹脂組成物層與前述支持體之順序進行層合而形成層合體。壓著條件為抽空時間30秒、壓著溫度80℃、壓著壓力0.7MPa、加壓時間30秒。將該層合體在室溫靜置30分鐘以上,自該層合體之支持體上,使用圓孔圖型之圖型形成裝置而進行以紫外線的曝光。使用石英玻璃掩膜而繪畫成曝光圖型為開口:50μm/60μm/70μm/ 80μm/90μm/100μm之圓孔、L/S(線/空間):50μm/50μm、60μm/ 60μm、70μm/70μm、80μm/80μm、90μm/90μm、100μm/ 100μm之線和空間、1cm×2cm之四角形。在室溫靜置30分鐘後,自前述層合體剝離出支持體。 <Evaluation of developability> (Formation of laminate for evaluation) The copper layer of the glass epoxy substrate (copper-clad laminate) on which the circuit patterned as a copper layer with a thickness of 18 μm was formed was treated with a surface treatment agent (CZ8100, manufactured by MEC Company) containing an organic acid to give roughening . Next, the photosensitive resin composition layer of the photosensitive film with the photosensitive resin composition layer is placed on the PET film in contact with the surface of the copper circuit, and a vacuum laminate (VP160 manufactured by Nikkomaterials) is used for lamination. The laminate, the photosensitive resin composition layer, and the support are laminated in this order to form a laminate. Crimping conditions were an evacuation time of 30 seconds, a crimping temperature of 80° C., a crimping pressure of 0.7 MPa, and a pressurization time of 30 seconds. The laminate was left to stand at room temperature for more than 30 minutes, and the support of the laminate was exposed to ultraviolet rays using a pattern forming apparatus of a circular hole pattern. Use quartz glass mask to draw exposure pattern as opening: 50μm/60μm/70μm/80μm/90μm/100μm round hole, L/S (line/space): 50μm/50μm, 60μm/60μm, 70μm/70μm, 80μm/80μm, 90μm/90μm, 100μm/100μm line and space, 1cm×2cm square. After standing at room temperature for 30 minutes, the support was peeled off from the aforementioned laminate.

(未曝光部之殘渣) 於剝離支持體的層合板上之感光性樹脂組成物層全面上,將作為顯像液的30℃之1質量%碳酸鈉水溶液以噴霧壓0.2MPa進行噴霧顯像。將噴霧顯像後之層合體的1cm×2cm部分之未曝光部以目視進行觀察,依據以下基準進行評估。 〇:於未曝光部未殘留樹脂。 ×:樹脂可由目視確認或者產生膜減少。 (residue of unexposed part) On the whole surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the laminate plate from which the support was peeled off, a 30°C 1 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution as a developer was spray-developed at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa. The unexposed part of the 1 cm x 2 cm portion of the laminate after spray development was visually observed and evaluated based on the following criteria. ○: Resin does not remain in the unexposed part. ×: The resin can be visually confirmed or a film reduction occurs.

(BP(轉折點(Breakpoint))之評估) 一邊目視觀察層合體之1cm×2cm部分的未曝光部,一邊將作為顯像液的30℃之1質量%碳酸鈉水溶液以噴霧壓0.2MPa進行噴霧顯像。記錄自噴霧開始至殘留在基板上面的樹脂消失之時間點的時間(秒)。 (Assessment of BP (Breakpoint)) While visually observing the unexposed portion of the 1 cm×2 cm portion of the laminate, a 30° C. 1 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution as a developer was spray-developed at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa. The time (seconds) from the start of spraying to the point in time when the resin remaining on the substrate disappeared was recorded.

(解像性、最小通管徑之評估) 其次,將所形成的通管與L/S以SEM進行觀察(倍率1000倍),無殘渣及剝離的最小通管徑,且測定任意三點之L/S形狀,依據以下基準進行評估。但,對於最小通管徑,若有殘渣或剝離者評估為「×」。最小L/S若超過60μm/60μm者評估為「×」。 〇:觀察三點L/S,所有L/S之間無剝離且嵌入。 ×:觀察三點L/S,任意L/S之間見到樹脂嵌入或剝離。 (Evaluation of resolution and minimum diameter) Next, the formed through-pipe and L/S were observed by SEM (magnification of 1000 times), and the minimum through-pipe diameter with no residue and peeling was measured, and the L/S shape at any three points was measured, and evaluated according to the following criteria. However, with regard to the minimum through-pipe diameter, if there is residue or peeling, it is evaluated as "X". If the minimum L/S exceeds 60μm/60μm, it is evaluated as "X". ○: Three-point L/S was observed, and there was no peeling and embedding between all L/S. ×: Three-point L/S was observed, and resin embedding or peeling was observed between any L/S.

<介電率、介電損耗正切、玻璃轉移溫度之測定> (評估用硬化物之形成) 於脫模PET薄膜上具有感光性樹脂組成物層之感光性薄膜的感光性樹脂組成物層上進行1J/cm 2之紫外線照射,進一步進行190℃且90分鐘之加熱處理,形成硬化物。其後,剝離支持體而得到評估用硬化物A。 <Measurement of dielectric constant, dielectric loss tangent, and glass transition temperature> (formation of hardened product for evaluation) On the photosensitive resin composition layer of the photosensitive film having the photosensitive resin composition layer on the mold release PET film 1 J/cm 2 of ultraviolet light was irradiated, and further heat treatment was performed at 190° C. for 90 minutes to form a cured product. Then, the support body was peeled off, and the hardened|cured material A for evaluation was obtained.

(介電率、介電損耗正切之測定) 切斷評估用硬化物A成寬度2mm,長度80mm之試驗片,得到評估用硬化物B。對於各評估用硬化物B,使用安捷倫科技(AgilentTechnologies)公司製「HP8362B」,藉由空洞共振攝動法在測定頻率5.8GHz其測定溫度23℃下,測定介電率之值(Dk值)及介電損耗正切之值(Df值)。對3根試驗片(N=3)實施測定,算出該平均。 (Determination of dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent) The cured product A for evaluation was cut into a test piece having a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm to obtain a cured product B for evaluation. For each cured product B for evaluation, using "HP8362B" manufactured by Agilent Technologies, the value of the dielectric constant (Dk value) and The value of the dielectric loss tangent (Df value). Three test pieces (N=3) were measured, and the average was calculated.

(玻璃轉移溫度之測定) 切斷評估用硬化物A成寬度約5mm,長度約15mm之試驗片,使用動態黏彈性測定裝置(EXSTAR6000,SII奈米技術公司製)以拉伸加重法進行熱機械分析。將試驗片安裝於前述裝置後,以負載200mN、昇溫速度2℃/分鐘的測定條件進行測定。將所得之tanδ的吸收峰頂作為玻璃轉移溫度(℃)算出。 (Measurement of glass transition temperature) The cured product A for evaluation was cut into a test piece having a width of about 5 mm and a length of about 15 mm, and thermomechanical analysis was performed by a tensile weighting method using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus (EXSTAR6000, manufactured by SII Nanotech Co., Ltd.). After attaching the test piece to the aforementioned apparatus, the measurement was performed under the measurement conditions of a load of 200 mN and a temperature increase rate of 2°C/min. The absorption peak top of the obtained tanδ was calculated as a glass transition temperature (°C).

Figure 02_image089
Figure 02_image089

表中之簡稱等如以下所示。 (A)成分: ・CCR-1179:甲酚酚醛清漆F型環氧丙烯酸酯(日本化藥公司製,酸價99mgKOH/g,不揮發成分濃度70%) ・A-1:以合成例1合成的樹脂溶液(A-1) (B)成分: ・SC2050:對於熔融二氧化矽(Admatechs製之平均粒徑0.5μm,比表面積5.9m 2/g)100質量份,以胺基矽烷(信越化學公司製,KBM573)0.5質量份進行表面處理者 (C)成分: ・Irgacure TPO:雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦,BASF公司製) ・Irgacure OXE-01:1,2-辛烷二酮-1-[4-(苯基硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)](BASF公司製) (D)成分: ・HP4032:萘型環氧樹脂(DIC公司製,環氧當量144g/eq.,軟化點未達30℃) ・ELM-434VL:N,N,N‘,N’-肆(環氧乙烷-2-基甲基)-4,4’-亞甲基二苯胺(縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂,住友化學公司製、環氧當量114g/eq.,軟化點未達30℃) ・NC3000L:聯苯基型環氧樹脂(日本化藥公司製,環氧當量271g/eq.,軟化點為53℃) ・NC3000H:聯苯基型環氧樹脂(日本化藥公司製,環氧當量272g/eq.,軟化點為70℃) ・1031S:肆羥基苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製,環氧當量224g/eq.,軟化點為92℃) (E)成分: ・BMI-689:馬來醯亞胺樹脂,二聚物二胺型雙馬來醯亞胺(Digigner Moleculars公司製) ・E-1:以合成例2所合成的馬來醯亞胺化合物(E-1) ・BMI-5100:馬來醯亞胺樹脂、3,3’-二甲基-5,5’-二乙基-4,4’-二苯基甲烷雙馬來醯亞胺二苯基甲烷雙馬來醯亞胺、DigignerMoleculars公司製 ・MIR3000:馬來醯亞胺樹脂,日本化藥公司製 ・EXB-8151-62T:含有萘結構的活性酯樹脂,DIC公司製 ・PC1300-02-65MA:含有萘結構的活性酯樹脂,Airwater公司製 ・DAD:乙烯基樹脂:2,2’-聯苯基二羧酸二烯丙基酯(Nikkei Techno Fine Chemistry股份有限公司製) ・OPE-2St:乙烯基樹脂(乙烯基苯甲基變性聚伸苯基醚,三菱瓦斯化學公司製) (F)成分 ・1B2PZ:2-苯基-1-苯甲基-1H-咪唑、四國化成公司製 (G)成分: ・EDGAc:二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯 ・MEK:甲基乙基酮 (H)成分: ・DOG-A:二噁烷甘醇二丙烯酸酯、新中村化學公司製 ・TD-2090-60M:酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、DIC公司製 Abbreviations and the like in the table are as follows. (A) Component: ・CCR-1179: Cresol novolak F-type epoxy acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., acid value 99 mgKOH/g, non-volatile content concentration 70%) ・A-1: synthesized in Synthesis Example 1 Resin solution (A-1) (B) component: ・SC2050: 100 parts by mass of fused silica (average particle size manufactured by Admatechs: 0.5 μm, specific surface area: 5.9 m 2 /g) with aminosilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Company made, KBM573) 0.5 parts by mass surface-treated (C) Component: ・Irgacure TPO: bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide, manufactured by BASF Corporation) ・Irgacure OXE -01: 1,2-Octanedione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzyl oxime)] (manufactured by BASF) (D) Component: ・HP4032: Naphthalene type Epoxy resin (manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent 144 g/eq., softening point less than 30°C) ・ELM-434VL: N,N,N',N'-4(oxiran-2-ylmethyl) )-4,4'-methylenediphenylamine (glycidylamine type epoxy resin, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent 114g/eq., softening point less than 30℃) ・NC3000L: Biphenyl type ring Oxygen resin (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent 271 g/eq., softening point 53°C) ・NC3000H: Biphenyl type epoxy resin (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent 272 g/eq., softening point 70°C) ・1031S: 4-hydroxyphenylethane type epoxy resin (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 224g/eq., softening point 92°C) (E) Component: ・BMI-689: Malein Imine resin, dimer diamine type bismaleimide (manufactured by Digigner Moleculars) ・E-1: Maleimide compound (E-1) synthesized in Synthesis Example 2 ・BMI-5100: Maleimide resin, 3,3'-dimethyl-5,5'-diethyl-4,4'-diphenylmethanebismaleimidediphenylmethanebismaleimide , Digigner Moleculars Co., Ltd. ・MIR3000: Maleimide resin, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. ・EXB-8151-62T: Active ester resin containing naphthalene structure, manufactured by DIC Corporation ・PC1300-02-65MA: Active ester containing naphthalene structure Resin, manufactured by Airwater Corporation ・DAD: Vinyl resin: Diallyl 2,2'-biphenyldicarboxylate (manufactured by Nikkei Techno Fine Chemistry Co., Ltd.) ・OPE-2St: Vinyl resin (vinylbenzene Methyl-modified polyphenylene ether, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) (F) Component ・1B2PZ: 2-phenyl-1-benzyl-1H-imidazole, manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Co., Ltd. (G) Ingredients: ・EDGAc: Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate ・MEK: Methyl ethyl ketone (H) Ingredients: ・DOG-A: Dioxane glycol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. ・TD -2090-60M: Novolak-type phenolic resin, manufactured by DIC Corporation

對於各實施例,即使為未含有(F)~(H)成分之情況下,雖有程度差,但確認到得到與上述實施例相同的結果。In each Example, even in the case where the components (F) to (H) were not contained, the same results as those of the above-mentioned Examples were obtained, although the degree was inferior.

Claims (12)

一種感光性樹脂組成物,其中含有: (A)含有乙烯性不飽和基與羧基的樹脂、 (B)無機填充材、 (C)光聚合起始劑、 (D)環氧樹脂,及 (E)選自活性酯樹脂、馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂,其中(D)成分含有(D-1)軟化點未達30℃,環氧當量為150g/eq.以下的環氧樹脂及(D-2)軟化點為30℃以上且未達59℃的環氧樹脂。 A photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) Resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups and carboxyl groups, (B) Inorganic fillers, (C) photopolymerization initiator, (D) epoxy resin, and (E) At least one resin selected from the group consisting of active ester resins, maleimide resins, and vinyl resins, wherein the component (D) contains (D-1) a softening point of less than 30°C and an epoxy equivalent of 150 g/eq . The following epoxy resin and (D-2) the epoxy resin whose softening point is 30 degreeC or more and 59 degreeC or less. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,將(D-1)成分在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的含有量作為D1,將(D-2)成分在將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時的含有量作為D2時,D2/D1為0.5以上2.5以下。As in the photosensitive resin composition of claim 1, the content of the component (D-1) when the nonvolatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100% by mass is set as D1, and the content of the component (D-2) in the D2/D1 is 0.5 or more and 2.5 or less, when the content when the nonvolatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition is set as 100 mass % is set as D2. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,其中(D-1)成分之含有量在將(D)成分全體作為100質量%時為90質量%以下。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the content of the component (D-1) is 90% by mass or less when the entirety of the component (D) is taken as 100% by mass. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,其中(B)成分之含有量再將感光性樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分作為100質量%時為60質量%以上。The photosensitive resin composition of claim 1, wherein the content of the component (B) is 60 mass % or more when the nonvolatile matter in the photosensitive resin composition is taken as 100 mass %. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,其中(A)成分含有(A-1)含有萘骨架的樹脂。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the component (A) contains (A-1) a resin containing a naphthalene skeleton. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,其中(D-1)成分具有環狀結構。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the component (D-1) has a cyclic structure. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,其中(E)成分含有活性酯樹脂,與選自馬來醯亞胺樹脂及乙烯基樹脂的1種以上樹脂。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the component (E) contains an active ester resin, and one or more resins selected from the group consisting of maleimide resins and vinyl resins. 如請求項1之感光性樹脂組成物,其中感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物的轉折點(Breakpoint)為30秒以上150秒以下。The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the breakpoint of the cured product of the photosensitive resin composition is 30 seconds or more and 150 seconds or less. 一種感光性薄膜,其中具有支持體,與設置於該支持體上的含有如請求項1~8中任一項之感光性樹脂組成物的感光性樹脂組成物層。A photosensitive film comprising a support, and a photosensitive resin composition layer containing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 provided on the support. 一種印刷配線板,其中含有藉由如請求項1~8中任一項之感光性樹脂組成物的硬化物所形成的絕緣層。A printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8. 如請求項10之印刷配線板,其中絕緣層為焊接阻劑。The printed wiring board of claim 10, wherein the insulating layer is a solder resist. 一種半導體裝置,其中含有如請求項10或11之印刷配線板。A semiconductor device comprising a printed wiring board as claimed in claim 10 or 11.
TW110125241A 2020-07-17 2021-07-09 Photosensitive resin composition TW202217454A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-123220 2020-07-17
JP2020123220A JP7306343B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2020-07-17 Photosensitive resin composition

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202217454A true TW202217454A (en) 2022-05-01

Family

ID=79327433

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110125241A TW202217454A (en) 2020-07-17 2021-07-09 Photosensitive resin composition

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7306343B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20220010445A (en)
CN (1) CN113946101A (en)
TW (1) TW202217454A (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024100764A1 (en) * 2022-11-08 2024-05-16 株式会社レゾナック Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, and semiconductor element
KR102602604B1 (en) * 2023-06-07 2023-11-15 주식회사 서울화학연구소 Photoimageable solder resist ink having low-k and Photoimageable solder resist having low-k using the same

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5729495B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-06-03 日立化成株式会社 Photosensitive element, solder resist and printed wiring board using photosensitive resin composition
KR102457598B1 (en) 2014-06-12 2022-10-21 다이요 잉키 세이조 가부시키가이샤 Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product, and printed wiring board
JP6967508B2 (en) 2016-03-31 2021-11-17 太陽インキ製造株式会社 Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed wiring board
JP6822987B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2021-01-27 株式会社タムラ製作所 Photosensitive resin composition
JP6724097B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-07-15 太陽インキ製造株式会社 Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product, printed wiring board and electronic component
JPWO2020066601A1 (en) 2018-09-28 2021-09-30 太陽インキ製造株式会社 Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product, printed wiring board and electronic components

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7306343B2 (en) 2023-07-11
JP2022019406A (en) 2022-01-27
CN113946101A (en) 2022-01-18
KR20220010445A (en) 2022-01-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6372108B2 (en) Wiring board and manufacturing method thereof
JP6094271B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP7557262B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP7452715B2 (en) photosensitive film
TW202217454A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TW201938682A (en) Resin composition excellent in heat resistance, insulation reliability and developability
TW202340306A (en) Resin composition including a styrenic and/or hydrogenated styrene polymer, an epoxy resin and an active ester compound
JP6658648B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TW202419503A (en) Resin composition
TWI801522B (en) resin composition
TW202308488A (en) Method for manufacturing printed wiring board
JP7281263B2 (en) Resin composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive film with support, printed wiring board and semiconductor device
TW202235531A (en) resin composition
JP2020144394A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TW201938001A (en) Printed wiring board manufacturing method including a resin sheet preparation step, a lamination step, an exposure step and a patterned photosensitive resin composition layer formation step
JP7322988B2 (en) Resin composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive film with support, printed wiring board and semiconductor device
JP7354963B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
KR102723260B1 (en) Resin composition
JP7388374B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TW202337996A (en) Resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product that can further suppress a dielectric loss tangent even in a high-temperature environment and has excellent crack resistance after desmear treatment
KR20240080150A (en) Resin composition
TW202317694A (en) resin composition
TW202307060A (en) resin composition
TW202307058A (en) resin composition
TW202336147A (en) resin composition